Граф коммитов

22505 Коммитов

Автор SHA1 Сообщение Дата
Eric Dumazet 58e05f357a netpoll: netpoll_poll_dev() should access dev->flags
commit 5a698af53f (bond: service netpoll arp queue on master device)
tested IFF_SLAVE flag against dev->priv_flags instead of dev->flags

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-14 15:24:26 -05:00
Axel Lin f65bd5ec47 RxRPC: Fix kcalloc parameters swapped
The first parameter should be "number of elements" and the second parameter
should be "element size".

Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-14 14:41:55 -05:00
Neal Cardwell 0af2a0d057 tcp: fix tcp_shifted_skb() adjustment of lost_cnt_hint for FACK
This commit ensures that lost_cnt_hint is correctly updated in
tcp_shifted_skb() for FACK TCP senders. The lost_cnt_hint adjustment
in tcp_sacktag_one() only applies to non-FACK senders, so FACK senders
need their own adjustment.

This applies the spirit of 1e5289e121 -
except now that the sequence range passed into tcp_sacktag_one() is
correct we need only have a special case adjustment for FACK.

Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-14 14:38:57 -05:00
Dimitri Sivanich 074b85175a vfs: fix panic in __d_lookup() with high dentry hashtable counts
When the number of dentry cache hash table entries gets too high
(2147483648 entries), as happens by default on a 16TB system, use of a
signed integer in the dcache_init() initialization loop prevents the
dentry_hashtable from getting initialized, causing a panic in
__d_lookup().  Fix this in dcache_init() and similar areas.

Signed-off-by: Dimitri Sivanich <sivanich@sgi.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-02-13 20:45:38 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 2132cf6437 net_sched: sch_plug: plug_qdisc_ops is static
net/sched/sch_plug.c:211:18: warning: symbol 'plug_qdisc_ops' was not
declared. Should it be static?

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-13 16:04:40 -05:00
Eric Dumazet de8261c2fa gro: fix truesize underestimation
skb_gro_receive() doesnt update truesize properly when adding one skb to
frag_list.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-13 16:04:39 -05:00
David Herrmann 2dd106887d Bluetooth: Use proper datatypes in release-callbacks
This enhances code readability a lot and avoids using void* even though
we know the type of the variable.

Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:38 +02:00
David Herrmann 3dc07322b1 Bluetooth: Introduce to_hci_conn
This avoids using the dev_set/get_drvdata() functions to retrieve a
pointer to our own structure. We can use simple pointer arithmetic here.
The drvdata field is actually not needed by any other code-path but this
makes the code more consistent with hci_dev.

Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:37 +02:00
David Herrmann aa2b86d761 Bluetooth: Introduce to_hci_dev()
We currently use dev_set_drvdata to keep a pointer to ourself. This
doesn't make sense as we are the bus and not a driver. Therefore,
introduce to_hci_dev() so we can get a struct hci_dev pointer from a
struct device pointer.

dev_set/get_drvdata() is reserved for drivers that provide a device and
not for the bus using the device. The bus can use simple pointer
arithmetic to retrieve its private data.

Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:37 +02:00
Johan Hedberg b1078ad0be Bluetooth: Add Device Unpaired mgmt event
This patch add a new Device Unpaired mgmt event. This will be sent to
all mgmt sockets except the one that requested unpairing (that socket
will get a command complete instead). The event is also reserved for
future SMP updates where a remote device will be able to request pairing
revocation from us.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:37 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 82eb703efc Bluetooth: Fix mgmt_unpair_device command status
The default response status to unpair_device should be set as 0 instead
of a generic failure value. When disconnection is not needed (i.e. we
can reply imediately) we should return success and not failure.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:37 +02:00
Johan Hedberg bab73cb684 Bluetooth: Add address type to mgmt_ev_auth_failed
This patch updates the Authentication Failed mgmt event to match the
latest API specification by adding an address type to it.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:37 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 88c1fe4ba5 Bluetooth: Add address type to mgmt blacklist messages
This patch updates the implmentation for mgmt_block_device and
mgmt_unblock_device and their corresponding events to match the latest
API specification.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:36 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 664ce4cc29 Bluetooth: Add address type to Out Of Band mgmt messages
This patch updates the implementation for these mgmt to be up to date
with the latest API specification. Right now the address type isn't
actually used for anything but that might change in the future.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:36 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 272d90df2d Bluetooth: Add address type to user_confirm and user_passkey messages
This patch upadate the user confirm and user passkey mgmt messages to
match the latest API specification by adding an address type parameter
to them.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:36 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 88c3df13ca Bluetooth: Update mgmt_disconnect to match latest API
This patch adds an address type parameter to the disconnect command and
response in order to match the latest mgmt API specification.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:36 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 124f6e3528 Bluetooth: Update and rename mgmt_remove_keys to mgmt_unpair_device
This patch renames the mgmt_remove_keys command to mgmt_unpair_device
and updates its parameters to match the latest API (specifically, it
adds an address type parameter to the command and its response).

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:36 +02:00
Szymon Janc 930fa4aee9 Bluetooth: Fix double acking I-Frames when sending pending I-Frames
Pending I-Frame(s) are considered as acknowledgement. To void double
acking (via I-Frame and later via RR) clear ack timer when sending
first pending I-Frame.

Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:35 +02:00
Szymon Janc 8ed7a0ae78 Bluetooth: Fix possible missing I-Frame acknowledgement
Make l2cap_ertm_send return number of pending I-Frames transmitted
instead of all (pending + retransmitted) I-Frames transmitted.

As only pending I-Frames are considered as acknowledgement, this could
lead to situation when no ACK was sent in __l2cap_send_ack (if only
already transmitted I-Frames were retransmitted).

Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:35 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 6d5922b01b Bluetooth: Remove unneeded sk variable
In debug use chan %p instead of sk.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:35 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 5491120e75 Bluetooth: Clean up l2cap_chan_add
Change elseif to switch. This make sense even more with following
patches which otherwise have to add more elseifs statements.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:35 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko cf4cd00915 Bluetooth: Change chan_ready param from sk to chan
Change is needed to remove dependency on sk when possible
before introducing l2cap channel lock.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:35 +02:00
Andre Guedes 343fb14549 Bluetooth: Add BT_DBG to mgmt_discovering()
This is helpful for device discovery implementation & debuging.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:35 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 053c7e0c4a Bluetooth: Fix device_found event length for remote name resolving
The correct length of the event is the size of the ev struct (not size
of the pointer like the code was previously using) plus the length of
the variable-sized EIR data at the end of the struct.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:35 +02:00
Andre Guedes e87775250f Bluetooth: Fix indentation
This patch fixes a #define indentation in mgmt.c.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:34 +02:00
Andre Guedes 3fd2415363 Bluetooth: MGMT start discovery LE-Only support
This patch adds LE-Only discovery procedure support to MGMT Start
Discovery command.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:34 +02:00
Andre Guedes 28b75a8948 Bluetooth: Add hci_le_scan()
We are not supposed to block in start_discovery() because
start_discovery code is running in write() syscall context
and this would block the write operation on the mgmt socket.
This way, we cannot directly call hci_do_le_scan() to scan
LE devices in start_discovery(). To overcome this issue a
derefered work (hdev->le_scan) was created so we can properly
call hci_do_le_scan().

The helper function hci_le_scan() simply set LE scan parameters
and queue hdev->le_scan work. The work is queued on system_long_wq
since it can sleep for a few seconds in the worst case (timeout).

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:34 +02:00
Andre Guedes 7ba8b4be38 Bluetooth: Add hci_do_le_scan()
This patch adds to hci_core the hci_do_le_scan function which
should be used to scan LE devices.

In order to enable LE scan, hci_do_le_scan() sends commands (Set
LE Scan Parameters and Set LE Scan Enable) to the controller and
waits for its results. If commands were executed successfully a
delayed work is scheduled to disable the ongoing scanning after
some amount of time. This function blocks.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:34 +02:00
Andre Guedes 6fbe195dc4 Bluetooth: Minor code refactoring
This patch does a trivial code refacting in hci_discovery_active.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:34 +02:00
Andre Guedes c599008f8f Bluetooth: LE scan should send Discovering events
Send MGMT Discovering events once LE scan starts/stops so the
userspace can track when local adapters are discovering LE devices.

This way, we also keep the same behavior of inquiry which sends MGMT
Discovering events once inquiry starts/stops even if it is triggered
by an external tool (e.g. hcitool).

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:34 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 8af5946741 Bluetooth: Add missing QUIRK_NO_RESET test to hci_dev_do_close
We should only perform a reset in hci_dev_do_close if the
HCI_QUIRK_NO_RESET flag is set (since in such a case a reset will not be
performed when initializing the device).

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:34 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 63d2bc1b9a Bluetooth: Helper removes duplicated code
Use __check_timout helper to remove duplicated code

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:33 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko b71d385a18 Bluetooth: Recalculate sched HCI blk/pkt flow ctrl
Split HCI scheduling for block and packet flow control.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:33 +02:00
Vinicius Costa Gomes 261cc5aa9e Bluetooth: Add support for notifying userspace of new LTK's
If we want to have proper pairing support over LE we need to
inform userspace that a new LTK is available, so userspace
can store that key permanently.

Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:33 +02:00
Vinicius Costa Gomes b0dbfb46ba Bluetooth: Add support for removing LTK's when pairing is removed
Instead of having a separated command for removing SMP keys, we use the
Remove Keys command to remove *all* keys.

Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:33 +02:00
Vinicius Costa Gomes 346af67b8d Bluetooth: Add MGMT handlers for dealing with SMP LTK's
This adds a method to notify that a new LTK is available and
a handler to store keys coming from userspace into the kernel LTK
list.

Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:33 +02:00
Vinicius Costa Gomes c9839a11c0 Bluetooth: Use the updated key structures for handling LTKs
This updates all the users of the older way, that was using the
link_keys list to store the SMP keys, to use the new way.

This includes defining new types for the keys, we have a type for each
combination of STK/LTK and Master/Slave.

Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:33 +02:00
Vinicius Costa Gomes b899efaf9b Bluetooth: Add new structures for handling SMP Long Term Keys
This includes a new list for storing the keys and a new structure used
to represent each key.

Some notes: authenticated is used to identify that the key may be used
to setup a HIGH security link. As the same list is used to store both
the STK's and the LTK's the type field is used so we can separate
between those two types of keys and if the key should be used when
in the master or slave role.

Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:32 +02:00
Vinicius Costa Gomes 650f726d16 Bluetooth: Fix doing some useless casts when receiving MGMT commands
Every command handler of mgmt does a cast to the command structure
so it can properly interpreted. So we can avoid that cast if we
make those functions receive a void * directly.

Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:32 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 2a5a5ec620 Bluetooth: Use list _safe deleting from conn chan_list
Fixes possible bug when deleting element from the list in
function hci_chan_list_flush. list_for_each_entry_rcu is used
and after deleting element from the list we also free pointer
and then list_entry_rcu is taken from freed pointer.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:32 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 3c4e0df028 Bluetooth: Use list _safe deleting from conn_hash_list
Use list_for_each_entry_safe which is safe version against removal
of list entry. Otherwise we remove hci_conn element and reference
next element which result in accessing LIST_POISON.

[   95.571834] Bluetooth: unknown link type 127
[   95.578349] BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at 20002000
[   95.580236] IP: [<20002000>] 0x20001fff
[   95.580763] *pde = 00000000
[   95.581196] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
...
[   95.582298] Pid: 3355, comm: hciconfig Tainted: G   O 3.2.0-VirttualBox
[   95.582298] EIP: 0060:[<20002000>] EFLAGS: 00210206 CPU: 0
[   95.582298] EIP is at 0x20002000
...
[   95.582298] Call Trace:
[   95.582298]  [<f8231ab6>] ? hci_conn_hash_flush+0x76/0xf0 [bluetooth]
[   95.582298]  [<f822bcb1>] hci_dev_do_close+0xc1/0x2e0 [bluetooth]
[   95.582298]  [<f822d679>] ? hci_dev_get+0x69/0xb0 [bluetooth]
[   95.582298]  [<f822e1da>] hci_dev_close+0x2a/0x50 [bluetooth]
[   95.582298]  [<f824102f>] hci_sock_ioctl+0x1af/0x3f0 [bluetooth]
[   95.582298]  [<c11153ea>] ? handle_pte_fault+0x8a/0x8f0
[   95.582298]  [<c146becf>] sock_ioctl+0x5f/0x260
[   95.582298]  [<c146be70>] ? sock_fasync+0x90/0x90
[   95.582298]  [<c1152b33>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x83/0x5b0
[   95.582298]  [<c1563f87>] ? do_page_fault+0x297/0x500
[   95.582298]  [<c1563cf0>] ? spurious_fault+0xd0/0xd0
[   95.582298]  [<c107165b>] ? up_read+0x1b/0x30
[   95.582298]  [<c1563f87>] ? do_page_fault+0x297/0x500
[   95.582298]  [<c100aa9f>] ? init_fpu+0xef/0x160
[   95.582298]  [<c15617c0>] ? do_debug+0x180/0x180
[   95.582298]  [<c100a958>] ? fpu_finit+0x28/0x80
[   95.582298]  [<c11530e7>] sys_ioctl+0x87/0x90
[   95.582298]  [<c156795f>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x38
...

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:32 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 28424707a2 Bluetooth: mgmt: Implement Cancel Pair Device command
This patch implements the Cancel Pair Device command for mgmt. It's used
by user space to cancel an ongoing pairing attempt which was triggered
by the Pair Device command.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:32 +02:00
Hemant Gupta 95947a391e Bluetooth: Fix clearing of debug and linkkey flags
This patch fixes clearing of HCI_LINK_KEYS and HCI_DEBUG_KEYS
dev_flags while resetting. Without this patch pairing does
not work over management interface for BR-EDR devices.

Signed-off-by: Hemant Gupta <hemant.gupta@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:32 +02:00
Hemant Gupta 7a7f1e7c85 Bluetooth: Send correct response to IO Capability Request
This patch sends correct IO Capability response to remote device
in case Local Device supports KeyBoardDisplay IO Capability as
this capability is not valid as per BT spec for IO capability
Request Reply Command.
This capability is mapped to DisplayYesNo which is in accordance
with BT spec.

Signed-off-by: Hemant Gupta <hemant.gupta@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:31 +02:00
Peter Hurley b7d05bad1c Bluetooth: Fix l2cap conn failures for ssp devices
Commit 330605423c fixed l2cap conn establishment for non-ssp remote
devices by not setting HCI_CONN_ENCRYPT_PEND every time conn security
is tested (which was always returning failure on any subsequent
security checks).

However, this broke l2cap conn establishment for ssp remote devices
when an ACL link was already established at SDP-level security. This
fix ensures that encryption must be pending whenever authentication
is also pending.

Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:31 +02:00
Vinicius Costa Gomes f1c09c07cd Bluetooth: Fix invalid memory access when there's no SMP channel
We only should try to free the SMP channel that was created if there
is a pending SMP session.

Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:31 +02:00
Octavian Purdila 66f0129696 Bluetooth: Fix RFCOMM session reference counting issue
There is an imbalance in the rfcomm_session_hold / rfcomm_session_put
operations which causes the following crash:

[  685.010159] BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at 6b6b6b6b
[  685.010169] IP: [<c149d76d>] rfcomm_process_dlcs+0x1b/0x15e
[  685.010181] *pdpt = 000000002d665001 *pde = 0000000000000000
[  685.010191] Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
[  685.010247]
[  685.010255] Pid: 947, comm: krfcommd Tainted: G         C  3.0.16-mid8-dirty #44
[  685.010266] EIP: 0060:[<c149d76d>] EFLAGS: 00010246 CPU: 1
[  685.010274] EIP is at rfcomm_process_dlcs+0x1b/0x15e
[  685.010281] EAX: e79f551c EBX: 6b6b6b6b ECX: 00000007 EDX: e79f40b4
[  685.010288] ESI: e79f4060 EDI: ed4e1f70 EBP: ed4e1f68 ESP: ed4e1f50
[  685.010295]  DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 00e0 SS: 0068
[  685.010303] Process krfcommd (pid: 947, ti=ed4e0000 task=ed43e5e0 task.ti=ed4e0000)
[  685.010308] Stack:
[  685.010312]  ed4e1f68 c149eb53 e5925150 e79f4060 ed500000 ed4e1f70 ed4e1f80 c149ec10
[  685.010331]  00000000 ed43e5e0 00000000 ed4e1f90 ed4e1f9c c149ec87 0000bf54 00000000
[  685.010348]  00000000 ee03bf54 c149ec37 ed4e1fe4 c104fe01 00000000 00000000 00000000
[  685.010367] Call Trace:
[  685.010376]  [<c149eb53>] ? rfcomm_process_rx+0x6e/0x74
[  685.010387]  [<c149ec10>] rfcomm_process_sessions+0xb7/0xde
[  685.010398]  [<c149ec87>] rfcomm_run+0x50/0x6d
[  685.010409]  [<c149ec37>] ? rfcomm_process_sessions+0xde/0xde
[  685.010419]  [<c104fe01>] kthread+0x63/0x68
[  685.010431]  [<c104fd9e>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x42/0x42
[  685.010442]  [<c14dae82>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd

This issue has been brought up earlier here:

https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/5/21/127

The issue appears to be the rfcomm_session_put in rfcomm_recv_ua. This
operation doesn't seem be to required as for the non-initiator case we
have the rfcomm_process_rx doing an explicit put and in the initiator
case the last dlc_unlink will drive the reference counter to 0.

There have been several attempts to fix these issue:

6c2718d Bluetooth: Do not call rfcomm_session_put() for RFCOMM UA on closed socket
683d949 Bluetooth: Never deallocate a session when some DLC points to it

but AFAICS they do not fix the issue just make it harder to reproduce.

Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <octavian.purdila@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gopala Krishna Murala <gopala.krishna.murala@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:31 +02:00
Andre Guedes 4777bfdebb Bluetooth: Use GFP_KERNEL in hci_add_adv_entry()
This function is not called in interrupt context anymore, so it
should use GFP_KERNEL to allocate memory.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:31 +02:00
Vinicius Costa Gomes f7aa611a0e Bluetooth: Rename smp_key_size to enc_key_size
This makes clear that this is the size of the key used to
encrypt the link.

Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:30 +02:00
Ulisses Furquim 127074bfa3 Bluetooth: Fix possible use after free in delete path
We need to use the _sync() version for cancelling the info and security
timer in the L2CAP connection delete path. Otherwise the delayed work
handler might run after the connection object is freed.

Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:30 +02:00
Ulisses Furquim 17cd3f374b Bluetooth: Remove usage of __cancel_delayed_work()
__cancel_delayed_work() is being used in some paths where we cannot
sleep waiting for the delayed work to finish. However, that function
might return while the timer is running and the work will be queued
again. Replace the calls with safer cancel_delayed_work() version
which spins until the timer handler finishes on other CPUs and
cancels the delayed work.

Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:30 +02:00
Andre Guedes e72acc13c7 Bluetooth: Remove unneeded locking
We don't need locking hdev in hci_conn_timeout() since it doesn't
access any hdev's shared resources, it basically queues HCI commands.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Reviewed-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:30 +02:00
Andre Guedes 75d7735c7a Bluetooth: Use GFP_KERNEL in hci_chan_create()
This function is called in process context only, so it should use
GFP_KERNEL to allocate memory.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:30 +02:00
Andre Guedes cb601d7e65 Bluetooth: Use GFP_KERNEL in hci_conn_add()
This function is called in process context only, so it should use
GFP_KERNEL to allocate memory.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:30 +02:00
Szymon Janc cad8f1d072 Bluetooth: Make l2cap_ertm_data_rcv static
It is not used outside of l2cap_core.c. Also l2cap_ertm_data_rcv is
only used after it is defined so there is no need for forward declaration.

Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:29 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 2f7719ce54 Bluetooth: Add alloc_skb chan operator
Add channel-specific skb allocation method

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:29 +02:00
Octavian Purdila d22015aad4 Bluetooth: silence lockdep warning
Since bluetooth uses multiple protocols types, to avoid lockdep
warnings, we need to use different lockdep classes (one for each
protocol type).

This is already done in bt_sock_create but it misses a couple of cases
when new connections are created. This patch corrects that to fix the
following warning:

<4>[ 1864.732366] =======================================================
<4>[ 1864.733030] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
<4>[ 1864.733544] 3.0.16-mid3-00007-gc9a0f62 #3
<4>[ 1864.733883] -------------------------------------------------------
<4>[ 1864.734408] t.android.btclc/4204 is trying to acquire lock:
<4>[ 1864.734869]  (rfcomm_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<c14970ea>] rfcomm_dlc_close+0x15/0x30
<4>[ 1864.735541]
<4>[ 1864.735549] but task is already holding lock:
<4>[ 1864.736045]  (sk_lock-AF_BLUETOOTH){+.+.+.}, at: [<c1498bf7>] lock_sock+0xa/0xc
<4>[ 1864.736732]
<4>[ 1864.736740] which lock already depends on the new lock.
<4>[ 1864.736750]
<4>[ 1864.737428]
<4>[ 1864.737437] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
<4>[ 1864.738016]
<4>[ 1864.738023] -> #1 (sk_lock-AF_BLUETOOTH){+.+.+.}:
<4>[ 1864.738549]        [<c1062273>] lock_acquire+0x104/0x140
<4>[ 1864.738977]        [<c13d35c1>] lock_sock_nested+0x58/0x68
<4>[ 1864.739411]        [<c1493c33>] l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x3e/0x76
<4>[ 1864.739858]        [<c13d06c3>] __sock_sendmsg+0x50/0x59
<4>[ 1864.740279]        [<c13d0ea2>] sock_sendmsg+0x94/0xa8
<4>[ 1864.740687]        [<c13d0ede>] kernel_sendmsg+0x28/0x37
<4>[ 1864.741106]        [<c14969ca>] rfcomm_send_frame+0x30/0x38
<4>[ 1864.741542]        [<c1496a2a>] rfcomm_send_ua+0x58/0x5a
<4>[ 1864.741959]        [<c1498447>] rfcomm_run+0x441/0xb52
<4>[ 1864.742365]        [<c104f095>] kthread+0x63/0x68
<4>[ 1864.742742]        [<c14d5182>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd
<4>[ 1864.743187]
<4>[ 1864.743193] -> #0 (rfcomm_mutex){+.+.+.}:
<4>[ 1864.743667]        [<c1061ada>] __lock_acquire+0x988/0xc00
<4>[ 1864.744100]        [<c1062273>] lock_acquire+0x104/0x140
<4>[ 1864.744519]        [<c14d2c70>] __mutex_lock_common+0x3b/0x33f
<4>[ 1864.744975]        [<c14d303e>] mutex_lock_nested+0x2d/0x36
<4>[ 1864.745412]        [<c14970ea>] rfcomm_dlc_close+0x15/0x30
<4>[ 1864.745842]        [<c14990d9>] __rfcomm_sock_close+0x5f/0x6b
<4>[ 1864.746288]        [<c1499114>] rfcomm_sock_shutdown+0x2f/0x62
<4>[ 1864.746737]        [<c13d275d>] sys_socketcall+0x1db/0x422
<4>[ 1864.747165]        [<c14d42f0>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb

Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <octavian.purdila@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:29 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 61e1b4b7de Bluetooth: trivial: space correction
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:29 +02:00
Johan Hedberg aa64a8b500 Bluetooth: Add a convenience function to check for SSP enabled
It's a very common test to see if both the local and the remote device
have SSP enabled. By creating a simple function to test this we can
shorten many if-statements in the code.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:29 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 84bde9d6c0 Bluetooth: Convert hdev->ssp_mode to a flag
The ssp_mode is essentially just a boolean so it's more appropriate to
have it simply as a flag in hdev->dev_flags.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:29 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 58a681ef14 Bluetooth: Merge boolean members of struct hci_conn into flags
Now that the flags member of struct hci_conn is supposed to accommodate
any boolean type values we can easily merge all boolean members into it.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:28 +02:00
Johan Hedberg b644ba3369 Bluetooth: Update device_connected and device_found events to latest API
This patch updates mgmt_ev_device_connected and mgmt_ev_device found to
include an EIR-encoded remote name and class whenever possible. With
this addition the mgmt_ev_remote_name event becomes unnecessary and can
be removed. Since the connected event doesn't map to hci_conn_complete
anymore a HCI_CONN_MGMT_CONNECTED flag is added to track when mgmt has
been notified about a connection.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:28 +02:00
Johan Hedberg a0c808b373 Bluetooth: Convert hdev->out to a bool type
The hdev->out variable is essentially a boolean so the type 'bool' makes
more sense than u8.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:28 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 51a8efd7d0 Bluetooth: Rename conn->pend to conn->flags
These flags can and will be used for more general purpose values than
just pending state transitions so the more common name "flags" makes
more sense than "pend".

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:28 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 1dc06093a9 Bluetooth: Merge device class into the EIR data in mgmt_ev_device_found
There's no need to have a separate device class field since the same
information can be encoded into the EIR data.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:28 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 6759a67579 Bluetooth: Move eir_has_data_field to hci_core.h
This makes the function accessible from all places it's needed (e.g.
mgmt.c and hci_event.c).

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:28 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 4ddb1930f9 Bluetooth: Rename eir_has_complete_name to eir_has_data_type
This allows for other uses such as checking for an embedded class of
device value in order to decide whether to append the class or not.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:27 +02:00
Johan Hedberg e319d2e743 Bluetooth: Add eir_len parameter to mgmt_ev_device_found
This patch add a two byte eir_len parameter mgmt_ev_device_found. Since
it's unlikely that the data will in the short term be much bigger than
conventional EIR lengths just use a small stack based buffer for now to
avoid dynamic memory allocation & freeing.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:27 +02:00
Johan Hedberg afc747a600 Bluetooth: Rename mgmt connected events to match user space
User space uses device_(dis)connected instead of just (dis)connected so
rename the defines and functions to match this.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:27 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 7005ff1780 Bluetooth: Fix clearing persistent flags
There are several other dev_flags besided HCI_MGMT that should not be
cleared upon reset.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:27 +02:00
Andre Guedes 3c9e919511 Bluetooth: Report LE devices
Devices found during LE scan should be reported to userspace through
mgmt_device_found events.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:27 +02:00
Andre Guedes 7d262f86f6 Bluetooth: Add 'eir_len' param to mgmt_device_found()
This patch adds a new parameter to mgmt_device_found() to inform
the length of 'eir' pointer.

EIR data from LE advertising report event doesn't have a fixed length
as EIR data from extended inquiry result event does. We needed to
change mgmt_device_found() so it copies 'eir_len' bytes instead of
HCI_MAX_EIR_LENGTH.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:27 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 0952a57a25 Bluetooth: Change sk to l2cap_chan
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:27 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 5ef8cb9e5b Bluetooth: Use chan instead of sk
Remove unneeded conversion from sk to chan.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:26 +02:00
Szymon Janc 09bfb2ee52 Bluetooth: Drop L2CAP chan reference if ERTM ack_timer fired
Reference counter was incremented when starting ack timer but
decremented only when clearing timer, not when timer fired.

Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:26 +02:00
Szymon Janc 77f918bc7b Bluetooth: Don't send RNR immediately when entering local busy
There is no need to send RNR immediately when entring local busy.
Also upper layer might clear local busy condition before ack timer
expires saving few cycles for sending RNR.

This also prevents sending two RNRs in some cases where sending one
would be enough i.e received N I-frame can trigger local busy
(sending RNR acking up to N-1 I-frame) and later sending ack (RNR
acking up to N I-frame).

This was affecting TC_ERM_BV_07_C and TC_ERM_BV_22_C with some non
default channel parameters (tx window and receiving buffer sizes).

Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:26 +02:00
Szymon Janc b17e73bb42 Bluetooth: Clear ack_timer when sending ack
ack_timer should be cleared when sending ACK to avoid acking I-frames
twice.

This commit introduces helper function (only send ack, not clearing
timer) which is used by l2cap_send_ack and l2cap_ack_timeout. This is
to avoid clearing ack timer in timer function.

Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:26 +02:00
Szymon Janc 0ef3ef0f67 Bluetooth: Set P-bit for SREJ frame only if there are I-frames to ack
SREJ frame with P-bit set acknowledges I-frames numbered up to
(ReqSeq - 1). With this patch P-bit in SREJ is set only when there are
some I-frames to ack.

This fixes ambiguous situation when lost of I-frame with TxSeq=0 would
result in sending SREJ acking all previous I-frames.
Consider following scenario:
TxWindow=3

HostA: sent I-frame TxSeq=0
HostA: sent I-frame TxSeq=1
HostA: sent I-frame TxSeq=2
HostB: missed I-frame TxSeq=0
HostB: received I-frame TxSeq=1
HostB: sent SREJ ReqSeq=0 Pbit=1
HostA: received SREJ ReqSeq=0 Pbit=1   <- All I-frames acked or not?
...

Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:25 +02:00
Fabio Estevam 8b281b9c78 Bluetooth: Fix 'enable_hs' type
Fix the following build warning:

  CC [M]  net/bluetooth/hci_core.o
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c: In function ‘__check_enable_hs’:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c:2587: warning: return from incompatible pointer type

module_param in hci_core.c passes 'enable_hs' as bool format, so fix
this variable definition type.

Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:25 +02:00
Johan Hedberg a3d4e20a88 Bluetooth: Sort to-be-resolved devices by RSSI during discovery
This patch makes sure that devices with stronger signal (RSSI closer to
0) are sorted first in the resolve list and will therefore get their
names resolved first during device discovery. Since it's more likely
that the device the user is trying to discover has a strong signal due
to its proximity this ensures that the user gets the "device found"
event for it more quickly.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:25 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 44b5f7d0cb Bluetooth: Fix resetting HCI_MGMT flag
The HCI_MGMT flag should not be cleared when resetting a HCI device.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:25 +02:00
Johan Hedberg a8b2d5c2cf Bluetooth: Move mgmt related flags from hdev->flags to hdev->dev_flags
There's no point in exposing these to user-space (which is what happens
to everything in hdev->flags) so move them to dev_flags instead.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:25 +02:00
Johan Hedberg cbe8fed490 Bluetooth: Remove bogus inline declaration from l2cap_chan_connect
As reported by Dan Carpenter this function causes a Sparse warning and
shouldn't be declared inline:

include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h:837:30 error: marked inline, but without a
definition"

Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:25 +02:00
David Herrmann dc946bd86f Bluetooth: Remove __hci_dev_put/hold
Since we remove the owner field of hci_dev hci_dev_put and __hci_dev_put
do the same so we can merge them into one function. Same for
hci_dev_hold and __hci_dev_hold.

Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:24 +02:00
David Herrmann 4c724c7135 Bluetooth: Correctly take hci_dev->dev refcount
The hci_dev->dev device structure has an internal refcount. This
refcount is used to protect the whole hci_dev object. However, we
currently do not use it.  Therefore, if someone calls hci_free_dev() we
currently immediately destroy the hci_dev object because we never took
the device refcount.

This even happens if the hci_dev->refcnt is not 0. In fact, the
hci_dev->refcnt is totally useless in its current state. Therefore, we
simply remove hci_dev->refcnt and instead use hci_dev->dev refcnt.

This fixes all the symptoms and also correctly integrates the device
structure into our bluetooth bus system.

Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:24 +02:00
David Herrmann e9b9cfa157 Bluetooth: Remove HCI-owner field
After unregistering an hci_dev object a bluetooth driver does not have
any callbacks in the hci_dev structure left over. Therefore, there is no
need to keep a reference to the module.

Previously, we needed this to protect the hci-destruct callback.
However, this callback is no longer available so we do not need this
owner field, anymore.  Drivers now call hci_unregister_dev() and they
are done with the object.

Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:24 +02:00
David Herrmann 46e06531a5 Bluetooth: Correctly acquire module ref
We provide a device-object to other subsystems and we provide our own
release-function. Therefore, the device-object must own a reference to
our module, otherwise the release-function may get deleted before the
device-object does.

Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:24 +02:00
David Herrmann 010666a126 Bluetooth: Make hci-destruct callback optional
Several drivers already provide an empty callback so we can actually
make this optional and then remove all those empty callbacks in the
drivers.

This callback isn't needed at all by most drivers as they can remove
their allocated structures on device disconnect and not on hci
destruction.

Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:22 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko cc48dc0a99 Bluetooth: Remove magic number from ACL TO
Adds HCI_ACL_TX_TIMEOUT and clear conversion from msec to jiffies

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:21 +02:00
Andrzej Kaczmarek b83ddfe2ac Bluetooth: l2cap_set_timer needs jiffies as timeout value
After moving L2CAP timers to workqueues l2cap_set_timer expects timeout
value to be specified in jiffies but constants defined in miliseconds
are used. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ is not set to
1000.

__set_chan_timer macro still uses jiffies as input to avoid multiple
conversions from/to jiffies for sk_sndtimeo value which is already
specified in jiffies.

Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Ackec-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:21 +02:00
Andrzej Kaczmarek 6423cf3a18 Bluetooth: Fix sk_sndtimeo initialization for L2CAP socket
sk_sndtime value should be specified in jiffies thus initial value
needs to be converted from miliseconds. Otherwise this timeout is
unreliable when CONFIG_HZ is not set to 1000.

Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:21 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko 25e89e99b4 Bluetooth: Process num completed data blocks event
Adds support for Number Of Completed Data Blocks Event.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2012-02-13 17:01:20 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 30dc78e1a2 Bluetooth: Add name resolving support for mgmt based discovery
This patch adds the necessary logic to perform name lookups after
inquiry completes. This is done by checking for entries in the resolve
list after each inquiry complete and remote name complete HCI event.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:20 +02:00
Johan Hedberg ff9ef57870 Bluetooth: Add discovery state tracking
This patch adds proper state tracking to the device discovery process.
This makes it possible to return appropriate errors when trying to stop
a non-active discovery or start discovery when it is already ongoing.
Once name resolving is implemented this also makes it possible to know
what the right action to do is when a remote name lookup is cancelled.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:20 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 30883512be Bluetooth: Rename hdev->inq_cache to hdev->discovery
This struct is used for not just inquiry caching but also for general
device discovery state tracking so it's better to rename it to something
more appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:20 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 4663262c29 Bluetooth: Flush inquiry cache when starting mgmt triggered inquiry
For the remote name state tracking for the management interface to work
the cache needs to be flushed whenever inquiry is started. The
hci_do_inquiry function is only used by the management interface so by
having the flushing done from it ensures that old ioctl based
functionality isn't affected.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:20 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 3175405b90 Bluetooth: Return updated name state with hci_inquiry_cache_update
If user-space has already confirmed the name for a remote device we
shouldn't request confirmation again. The simplest way to do this is to
return the name state from hci_inquiry_cache_update (if it is anything
else than unknown then we do not need confirmation from user-space).

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:20 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 561aafbcb2 Bluetooth: Add initial mgmt_confirm_name support
This patch adds initial support for mgmt_confirm_name. It adds the
necessary tracking of the name state by extending the inquiry cache. The
actual name resolving operation (to be done once inquiry is finished) is
not yet part of this patch.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:19 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 32748db002 Bluetooth: Move Extended Inquiry Response defines to hci.h
The EIR defines are needed also outside of mgmt.c (e.g. in hci_event.c
to check if EIR data has the complete name) so it's better to have them
in a single public place, i.e. hci.h.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:19 +02:00
Johan Hedberg b57c1a5646 Bluetooth: Convert inquiry cache to use standard list types
This makes it possible to use the convenience functions provided for
standard kernel list types and it also makes it easier to extend the use
of the cache for the management interface where e.g. name resolving
control will be needed.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2012-02-13 17:01:19 +02:00
Neal Cardwell daef52bab1 tcp: fix range tcp_shifted_skb() passes to tcp_sacktag_one()
Fix the newly-SACKed range to be the range of newly-shifted bytes.

Previously - since 832d11c5cd -
tcp_shifted_skb() incorrectly called tcp_sacktag_one() with the start
and end sequence numbers of the skb it passes in set to the range just
beyond the range that is newly-SACKed.

This commit also removes a special-case adjustment to lost_cnt_hint in
tcp_shifted_skb() since the pre-existing adjustment of lost_cnt_hint
in tcp_sacktag_one() now properly handles this things now that the
correct start sequence number is passed in.

Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-13 01:00:22 -05:00
Neal Cardwell cc9a672ee5 tcp: allow tcp_sacktag_one() to tag ranges not aligned with skbs
This commit allows callers of tcp_sacktag_one() to pass in sequence
ranges that do not align with skb boundaries, as tcp_shifted_skb()
needs to do in an upcoming fix in this patch series.

In fact, now tcp_sacktag_one() does not need to depend on an input skb
at all, which makes its semantics and dependencies more clear.

Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-13 01:00:21 -05:00
Danny Kukawka c8585bd89e eth: reset addr_assign_type if eth_mac_addr() called
If eth_mac_addr() get called, usually if SIOCSIFHWADDR was
used to change the MAC of a ethernet device, reset the
addr_assign_type to NET_ADDR_PERM if the state was
NET_ADDR_RANDOM before. Reset the state since the MAC is
no longer random at least not from the kernel side.

v2: changed to bitops, removed if()

Signed-off-by: Danny Kukawka <danny.kukawka@bisect.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-13 00:46:41 -05:00
Jiri Benc 4c507d2897 net: implement IP_RECVTOS for IP_PKTOPTIONS
Currently, it is not easily possible to get TOS/DSCP value of packets from
an incoming TCP stream. The mechanism is there, IP_PKTOPTIONS getsockopt
with IP_RECVTOS set, the same way as incoming TTL can be queried. This is
not actually implemented for TOS, though.

This patch adds this functionality, both for IPv4 (IP_PKTOPTIONS) and IPv6
(IPV6_2292PKTOPTIONS). For IPv4, like in the IP_RECVTTL case, the value of
the TOS field is stored from the other party's ACK.

This is needed for proxies which require DSCP transparency. One such example
is at http://zph.bratcheda.org/.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-13 00:46:41 -05:00
Jiri Benc 7a3198a897 ipv6: helper function to get tclass
Implement helper inline function to get traffic class from IPv6 header.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-13 00:45:38 -05:00
David S. Miller d5ef8a4d87 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/infiniband/hw/nes/nes_cm.c

Simple whitespace conflict.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-10 23:32:28 -05:00
Linus Torvalds 8df54d622a Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Quoth David:

1) GRO MAC header comparisons were ethernet specific, breaking other
   link types.  This required a multi-faceted fix to cure the originally
   noted case (Infiniband), because IPoIB was lying about it's actual
   hard header length.  Thanks to Eric Dumazet, Roland Dreier, and
   others.

2) Fix build failure when INET_UDP_DIAG is built in and ipv6 is modular.
   From Anisse Astier.

3) Off by ones and other bug fixes in netprio_cgroup from Neil Horman.

4) ipv4 TCP reset generation needs to respect any network interface
   binding from the socket, otherwise route lookups might give a
   different result than all the other segments received.  From Shawn
   Lu.

5) Fix unintended regression in ipv4 proxy ARP responses, from Thomas
   Graf.

6) Fix SKB under-allocation bug in sh_eth, from Yoshihiro Shimoda.

7) Revert skge PCI mapping changes that are causing crashes for some
   folks, from Stephen Hemminger.

8) IPV4 route lookups fill in the wildcarded fields of the given flow
   lookup key passed in, which is fine most of the time as this is
   exactly what the caller's want.  However there are a few cases that
   want to retain the original flow key values afterwards, so handle
   those cases properly.  Fix from Julian Anastasov.

9) IGB/IXGBE VF lookup bug fixes from Greg Rose.

10) Properly null terminate filename passed to ethtool flash device
    method, from Ben Hutchings.

11) S3 resume fix in via-velocity from David Lv.

12) Fix double SKB free during xmit failure in CAIF, from Dmitry
    Tarnyagin.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (72 commits)
  net: Don't proxy arp respond if iif == rt->dst.dev if private VLAN is disabled
  ipv4: Fix wrong order of ip_rt_get_source() and update iph->daddr.
  netprio_cgroup: fix wrong memory access when NETPRIO_CGROUP=m
  netprio_cgroup: don't allocate prio table when a device is registered
  netprio_cgroup: fix an off-by-one bug
  bna: fix error handling of bnad_get_flash_partition_by_offset()
  isdn: type bug in isdn_net_header()
  net: Make qdisc_skb_cb upper size bound explicit.
  ixgbe: ethtool: stats user buffer overrun
  ixgbe: dcb: up2tc mapping lost on disable/enable CEE DCB state
  ixgbe: do not update real num queues when netdev is going away
  ixgbe: Fix broken dependency on MAX_SKB_FRAGS being related to page size
  ixgbe: Fix case of Tx Hang in PF with 32 VFs
  ixgbe: fix vf lookup
  igb: fix vf lookup
  e1000: add dropped DMA receive enable back in for WoL
  gro: more generic L2 header check
  IPoIB: Stop lying about hard_header_len and use skb->cb to stash LL addresses
  zd1211rw: firmware needs duration_id set to zero for non-pspoll frames
  net: enable TC35815 for MIPS again
  ...
2012-02-10 14:18:46 -08:00
Thomas Graf 70620c46ac net: Don't proxy arp respond if iif == rt->dst.dev if private VLAN is disabled
Commit 653241 (net: RFC3069, private VLAN proxy arp support) changed
the behavior of arp proxy to send arp replies back out on the interface
the request came in even if the private VLAN feature is disabled.

Previously we checked rt->dst.dev != skb->dev for in scenarios, when
proxy arp is enabled on for the netdevice and also when individual proxy
neighbour entries have been added.

This patch adds the check back for the pneigh_lookup() scenario.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-10 15:13:36 -05:00
Li Wei 5dc7883f2a ipv4: Fix wrong order of ip_rt_get_source() and update iph->daddr.
This patch fix a bug which introduced by commit ac8a4810 (ipv4: Save
nexthop address of LSRR/SSRR option to IPCB.).In that patch, we saved
the nexthop of SRR in ip_option->nexthop and update iph->daddr until
we get to ip_forward_options(), but we need to update it before
ip_rt_get_source(), otherwise we may get a wrong src.

Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-10 15:12:12 -05:00
Neil Horman 2b73bc65e2 netprio_cgroup: fix wrong memory access when NETPRIO_CGROUP=m
When the netprio_cgroup module is not loaded, net_prio_subsys_id
is -1, and so sock_update_prioidx() accesses cgroup_subsys array
with negative index subsys[-1].

Make the code resembles cls_cgroup code, which is bug free.

Origionally-authored-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-10 15:08:57 -05:00
Neil Horman f5c38208d3 netprio_cgroup: don't allocate prio table when a device is registered
So we delay the allocation till the priority is set through cgroup,
and this makes skb_update_priority() faster when it's not set.

This also eliminates an off-by-one bug similar with the one fixed
in the previous patch.

Origionally-authored-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-10 15:08:57 -05:00
Neil Horman a87dfe14a7 netprio_cgroup: fix an off-by-one bug
# mount -t cgroup xxx /mnt
  # mkdir /mnt/tmp
  # cat /mnt/tmp/net_prio.ifpriomap
  lo 0
  eth0 0
  virbr0 0
  # echo 'lo 999' > /mnt/tmp/net_prio.ifpriomap
  # cat /mnt/tmp/net_prio.ifpriomap
  lo 999
  eth0 0
  virbr0 4101267344

We got weired output, because we exceeded the boundary of the array.
We may even crash the kernel..

Origionally-authored-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-10 15:08:56 -05:00
Masanari Iida 5fd5c44d3f rds: Fix typo in iw_recv.c and ib_recv.c
Correct spelling "inclue" to "include" in
net/rds/iw_recv.c and net/rds/ib_recv.c

Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-02-09 23:09:54 +01:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan b57e6b560f mac80211: Fix a rwlock bad magic bug
read_lock(&tpt_trig->trig.leddev_list_lock) is accessed via the path
ieee80211_open (->) ieee80211_do_open (->) ieee80211_mod_tpt_led_trig
(->) ieee80211_start_tpt_led_trig (->) tpt_trig_timer before initializing
it.
the intilization of this read/write lock happens via the path
ieee80211_led_init (->) led_trigger_register, but we are doing
'ieee80211_led_init'  after 'ieeee80211_if_add' where we
register netdev_ops.
so we access leddev_list_lock before initializing it and causes the
following bug in chrome laptops with AR928X cards with the following
script

while true
do
sudo modprobe -v ath9k
sleep 3
sudo modprobe -r ath9k
sleep 3
done

	BUG: rwlock bad magic on CPU#1, wpa_supplicant/358, f5b9eccc
	Pid: 358, comm: wpa_supplicant Not tainted 3.0.13 #1
	Call Trace:

	[<8137b9df>] rwlock_bug+0x3d/0x47
	[<81179830>] do_raw_read_lock+0x19/0x29
	[<8137f063>] _raw_read_lock+0xd/0xf
	[<f9081957>] tpt_trig_timer+0xc3/0x145 [mac80211]
	[<f9081f3a>] ieee80211_mod_tpt_led_trig+0x152/0x174 [mac80211]
	[<f9076a3f>] ieee80211_do_open+0x11e/0x42e [mac80211]
	[<f9075390>] ? ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface+0x26/0x13c [mac80211]
	[<f9076d97>] ieee80211_open+0x48/0x4c [mac80211]
	[<812dbed8>] __dev_open+0x82/0xab
	[<812dc0c9>] __dev_change_flags+0x9c/0x113
	[<812dc1ae>] dev_change_flags+0x18/0x44
	[<8132144f>] devinet_ioctl+0x243/0x51a
	[<81321ba9>] inet_ioctl+0x93/0xac
	[<812cc951>] sock_ioctl+0x1c6/0x1ea
	[<812cc78b>] ? might_fault+0x20/0x20
	[<810b1ebb>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x46e/0x4a2
	[<810a6ebb>] ? fget_light+0x2f/0x70
	[<812ce549>] ? sys_recvmsg+0x3e/0x48
	[<810b1f35>] sys_ioctl+0x46/0x69
	[<8137fa77>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x2

Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Gary Morain <gmorain@google.com>
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Abhijit Pradhan <abhijit@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-09 15:16:04 -05:00
Florian Westphal a8db7b2d19 netfilter: nf_queue: fix queueing of bridged gro skbs
When trying to nf_queue GRO/GSO skbs, nf_queue uses skb_gso_segment
to split the skb.

However, if nf_queue is called via bridge netfilter, the mac header
won't be preserved -- packets will thus contain a bogus mac header.

Fix this by setting skb->data to the mac header when skb->nf_bridge
is set and restoring skb->data afterwards for all segments.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-02-09 20:47:53 +01:00
David S. Miller 16bda13d90 net: Make qdisc_skb_cb upper size bound explicit.
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.

This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-09 13:50:34 -05:00
James Morris 9e3ff38647 Merge branch 'next-queue' into next 2012-02-09 17:02:34 +11:00
Ursula Braun 51363b8751 af_iucv: allow retrieval of maximum message size
For HS transport the maximum message size depends on the MTU-size
of the HS-device bound to the AF_IUCV socket. This patch adds a
getsockopt option MSGSIZE returning the maximum message size that
can be handled for this AF_IUCV socket.

Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-08 18:50:19 -05:00
Ursula Braun 800c5eb7b5 af_iucv: change net_device handling for HS transport
This patch saves the net_device in the iucv_sock structure during
bind in order to fasten skb sending.
In addition some other small improvements are made for HS transport:
   - error checking when sending skbs
   - locking changes in afiucv_hs_callback_txnotify
   - skb freeing in afiucv_hs_callback_txnotify
And finally it contains code cleanup to get rid of iucv_skb_queue_purge.

Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-08 18:50:19 -05:00
Ursula Braun 7f1b0ea42a af_iucv: block writing if msg limit is exceeded
When polling on an AF_IUCV socket, writing should be blocked if the
number of pending messages exceeds a defined limit.

Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-08 18:50:19 -05:00
Ursula Braun 7d316b9453 af_iucv: remove IUCV-pathes completely
A SEVER is missing in the callback of a receiving SEVERED. This may
inhibit z/VM to remove the corresponding IUCV-path completely.
This patch adds a SEVER in iucv_callback_connrej (together with
additional locking.

Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-08 18:50:19 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 5ca3b72c5d gro: more generic L2 header check
Shlomo Pongratz reported GRO L2 header check was suited for Ethernet
only, and failed on IB/ipoib traffic.

He provided a patch faking a zeroed header to let GRO aggregates frames.

Roland Dreier, Herbert Xu, and others suggested we change GRO L2 header
check to be more generic, ie not assuming L2 header is 14 bytes, but
taking into account hard_header_len.

__napi_gro_receive() has special handling for the common case (Ethernet)
to avoid a memcmp() call and use an inline optimized function instead.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Shlomo Pongratz <shlomop@mellanox.com>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@kernel.org>
Cc: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-08 18:26:54 -05:00
Felix Fietkau 2cfc6fc584 mac80211: do not call rate control .tx_status before .rate_init
Most rate control implementations assume .get_rate and .tx_status are only
called once the per-station data has been fully initialized.
minstrel_ht crashes if this assumption is violated.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-08 16:07:31 -05:00
Erich E. Hoover c4062dfc42 ipv6: Implement IPV6_UNICAST_IF socket option.
The IPV6_UNICAST_IF feature is the IPv6 compliment to IP_UNICAST_IF.

Signed-off-by: Erich E. Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-08 15:52:45 -05:00
Erich E. Hoover 76e21053b5 ipv4: Implement IP_UNICAST_IF socket option.
The IP_UNICAST_IF feature is needed by the Wine project.  This patch
implements the feature by setting the outgoing interface in a similar
fashion to that of IP_MULTICAST_IF.  A separate option is needed to
handle this feature since the existing options do not provide all of
the characteristics required by IP_UNICAST_IF, a summary is provided
below.

SO_BINDTODEVICE:
* SO_BINDTODEVICE requires administrative privileges, IP_UNICAST_IF
does not.  From reading some old mailing list articles my
understanding is that SO_BINDTODEVICE requires administrative
privileges because it can override the administrator's routing
settings.
* The SO_BINDTODEVICE option restricts both outbound and inbound
traffic, IP_UNICAST_IF only impacts outbound traffic.

IP_PKTINFO:
* Since IP_PKTINFO and IP_UNICAST_IF are independent options,
implementing IP_UNICAST_IF with IP_PKTINFO will likely break some
applications.
* Implementing IP_UNICAST_IF on top of IP_PKTINFO significantly
complicates the Wine codebase and reduces the socket performance
(doing this requires a lot of extra communication between the
"server" and "user" layers).

bind():
* bind() does not work on broadcast packets, IP_UNICAST_IF is
specifically intended to work with broadcast packets.
* Like SO_BINDTODEVICE, bind() restricts both outbound and inbound
traffic.

Signed-off-by: Erich E. Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-08 15:52:45 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 43480aecb1 gro: more generic L2 header check
Shlomo Pongratz reported GRO L2 header check was suited for Ethernet
only, and failed on IB/ipoib traffic.

He provided a patch faking a zeroed header to let GRO aggregates frames.

Roland Dreier, Herbert Xu, and others suggested we change GRO L2 header
check to be more generic, ie not assuming L2 header is 14 bytes, but
taking into account hard_header_len.

__napi_gro_receive() has special handling for the common case (Ethernet)
to avoid a memcmp() call and use an inline optimized function instead.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Shlomo Pongratz <shlomop@mellanox.com>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@kernel.org>
Cc: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-08 15:50:01 -05:00
Luis R. Rodriguez 5ad20dd148 mac80211: rename mesh static path_lookup()
If you want to use mesh support from mac80211 on a recent
kernel on 2.6.24 you'll run into a name clash when compiling
against include/linux/namei.h, so rename this routine.

/home/mcgrof/tmp/compat-wireless-3.2.5-1/net/mac80211/mesh_pathtbl.c: At top level:
/home/mcgrof/tmp/compat-wireless-3.2.5-1/net/mac80211/mesh_pathtbl.c:342:26: error: conflicting types for ‘path_lookup’
include/linux/namei.h:71:12: note: previous declaration of ‘path_lookup’ was here

Although this could sit as a separate patch in compat-wireless it seems
best to just merge upstream.

Cc: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@frijolero.org>
Acked-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-08 15:26:34 -05:00
Felix Fietkau 79027596ff mac80211: add #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG for a debug printk
When not debugging mac80211 code, station state transitions do not need to
show up in the kernel log.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-08 15:26:33 -05:00
Dan Carpenter af2ce213f6 caif: remove duplicate initialization
"priv" is initialized twice.  I kept the second one, because it is next
to the check for NULL.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-07 13:39:37 -05:00
Anisse Astier 6d25886ee2 net: Fix build regression when INET_UDP_DIAG=y and IPV6=m
Tested-by: Anisse Astier <anisse@astier.eu>

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-07 13:35:28 -05:00
Shriram Rajagopalan c3059be16c net/sched: sch_plug - Queue traffic until an explicit release command
The qdisc supports two operations - plug and unplug. When the
qdisc receives a plug command via netlink request, packets arriving
henceforth are buffered until a corresponding unplug command is received.
Depending on the type of unplug command, the queue can be unplugged
indefinitely or selectively.

This qdisc can be used to implement output buffering, an essential
functionality required for consistent recovery in checkpoint based
fault-tolerance systems. Output buffering enables speculative execution
by allowing generated network traffic to be rolled back. It is used to
provide network protection for Xen Guests in the Remus high availability
project, available as part of Xen.

This module is generic enough to be used by any other system that wishes
to add speculative execution and output buffering to its applications.

This module was originally available in the linux 2.6.32 PV-OPS tree,
used as dom0 for Xen.

For more information, please refer to http://nss.cs.ubc.ca/remus/
and http://wiki.xensource.com/xenwiki/Remus

Changes in V3:
  * Removed debug output (printk) on queue overflow
  * Added TCQ_PLUG_RELEASE_INDEFINITE - that allows the user to
    use this qdisc, for simple plug/unplug operations.
  * Use of packet counts instead of pointers to keep track of
    the buffers in the queue.

Signed-off-by: Shriram Rajagopalan <rshriram@cs.ubc.ca>
Signed-off-by: Brendan Cully <brendan@cs.ubc.ca>
[author of the code in the linux 2.6.32 pvops tree]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-07 12:54:56 -05:00
David S. Miller 17b8a74f00 Merge branch 'tipc_net-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux 2012-02-07 12:31:01 -05:00
Dan Carpenter 87e3c0553f SUNRPC: remove an unneeded NULL check in xprt_connect()
We check "task->tk_rqstp" and then we dereference it without checking on
the next line.  The only caller is call_connect() and that has a check
which prevents it from calling xprt_connect() with a NULL.

                if (task->tk_status < 0)
                        return;

If "task->tk_rqstp" were NULL then "tk_status" would be -EAGAIN.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-02-06 18:47:59 -05:00
Allan Stephens dff10e9e63 tipc: Minor optimization to rejection of connection-based messages
Modifies message rejection logic so that TIPC doesn't attempt to
send a FIN message to the rejecting port if it is known in advance
that there is no such message because the rejecting port doesn't exist.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:19 -05:00
Allan Stephens 3175bd9add tipc: Eliminate alteration of publication key during name table purging
Removes code that alters the publication key of a name table entry
that is being forcibly purged from TIPC's name table after contact
with the publishing node has been lost.

Current TIPC ensures that all defunct names are purged before
re-establishing contact with a failed node.  There used to be a risk
that the publication might be accidentally deleted because it might be
re-added to the name table before the purge operation was completed.
But now there is no longer a need to ensure that the new key is different
than the old one.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:19 -05:00
Allan Stephens 63e7f1ac28 tipc: Prevent loss of fragmented messages over broadcast link
Modifies broadcast link so that an incoming fragmented message is not
lost if reassembly cannot begin because there currently is no buffer
big enough to hold the entire reassembled message. The broadcast link
now ignores the first fragment completely, which causes the sending node
to retransmit the first fragment so that reassembly can be re-attempted.

Previously, the sender would have had no reason to retransmit the 1st
fragment, so we would never have a chance to re-try the allocation.

To do this cleanly without duplicaton, a new bclink_accept_pkt()
function is introduced.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:19 -05:00
Allan Stephens b76b27cad5 tipc: Prevent loss of fragmented messages over unicast links
Modifies unicast link endpoint logic so an incoming fragmented message
is not lost if reassembly cannot begin because there is no buffer big
enough to hold the entire reassembled message. The link endpoint now
ignores the first fragment completely, which causes the sending node to
retransmit the first fragment so that reassembly can be re-attempted.

Previously, the sender would have had no reason to retransmit the 1st
fragment, so we would never have a chance to re-try the allocation.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:19 -05:00
Allan Stephens 1ec2bb0840 tipc: Remove obsolete broadcast tag capability
Eliminates support for the broadcast tag field, which is no longer
used by broadcast link NACK messages.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:18 -05:00
Allan Stephens 7a54d4a99d tipc: Major redesign of broadcast link ACK/NACK algorithms
Completely redesigns broadcast link ACK and NACK mechanisms to prevent
spurious retransmit requests in dual LAN networks, and to prevent the
broadcast link from stalling due to the failure of a receiving node to
acknowledge receiving a broadcast message or request its retransmission.

Note: These changes only impact the timing of when ACK and NACK messages
are sent, and not the basic broadcast link protocol itself, so inter-
operability with nodes using the "classic" algorithms is maintained.

The revised algorithms are as follows:

1) An explicit ACK message is still sent after receiving 16 in-sequence
messages, and implicit ACK information continues to be carried in other
unicast link message headers (including link state messages).  However,
the timing of explicit ACKs is now based on the receiving node's absolute
network address rather than its relative network address to ensure that
the failure of another node does not delay the ACK beyond its 16 message
target.

2) A NACK message is now typically sent only when a message gap persists
for two consecutive incoming link state messages; this ensures that a
suspected gap is not confirmed until both LANs in a dual LAN network have
had an opportunity to deliver the message, thereby preventing spurious NACKs.
A NACK message can also be generated by the arrival of a single link state
message, if the deferred queue is so big that the current message gap
cannot be the result of "normal" mis-ordering due to the use of dual LANs
(or one LAN using a bonded interface). Since link state messages typically
arrive at different nodes at different times the problem of multiple nodes
issuing identical NACKs simultaneously is inherently avoided.

3) Nodes continue to "peek" at NACK messages sent by other nodes. If
another node requests retransmission of a message gap suspected (but not
yet confirmed) by the peeking node, the peeking node forgets about the
gap and does not generate a duplicate retransmit request. (If the peeking
node subsequently fails to receive the lost message, later link state
messages will cause it to rediscover and confirm the gap and send another
NACK.)

4) Message gap "equality" is now determined by the start of the gap only.
This is sufficient to deal with the most common cases of message loss,
and eliminates the need for complex end of gap computations.

5) A peeking node no longer tries to determine whether it should send a
complementary NACK, since the most common cases of message loss don't
require it to be sent. Consequently, the node no longer examines the
"broadcast tag" field of a NACK message when peeking.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:18 -05:00
Allan Stephens b98158e3b3 tipc: Add missing locks in broadcast link statistics accumulation
Ensures that all attempts to update broadcast link statistics are done
only while holding the lock that protects the link's main data structures,
to prevent interference by simultaneous updates caused by messages
arriving on other interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:18 -05:00
Allan Stephens 0232c5a566 tipc: Fix bug in broadcast link duplicate message statistics
Modifies broadcast link so that it increments the "received duplicate
message" count if an incoming message cannot be added to the deferred
message queue because it is already present in the queue. (The aligns
broadcast link behavior with that of TIPC's unicast links.)

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:17 -05:00
Allan Stephens 8a275a6a30 tipc: Fix node lock reclamation issues in broadcast link reception
Fixes a pair of problems in broadcast link message reception code
relating to the reclamation of the node lock after consuming an
in-sequence message.

1) Now retests to see if the sending node is still up after reclaiming
   the node lock, and bails out if it is non-operational.

2) Now manipulates the node's deferred message queue only after
   reclaiming the node lock, rather than using queue head pointer
   information that was cached previously.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:17 -05:00
Allan Stephens 57732560d1 tipc: Add missing broadcast link lock when sending NACK
Ensures that any attempt to send a NACK message over TIPC's broadcast
link has exclusive access to the link's main data structures, to prevent
interference with a simultaneous attempt to send other broadcast link
traffic (such as application-generated multicast messages).

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:17 -05:00
Allan Stephens 47361c87c5 tipc: Fix problem with broadcast link synchronization between nodes
Corrects a problem in which a link endpoint that activates as the
result of receiving a RESET/STATE sequence of link protocol messages
fails to properly record the broadcast link status information about
the node to which it is now communicating with. (The problem does
not occur with the more common RESET/ACTIVATE sequence of messages.)
The fix ensures that the broadcast link status info is updated after
the RESET message resets the link endpoint, rather than before, thereby
preventing new information from being overwritten by the reset operation.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:16 -05:00
Allan Stephens 9349931371 tipc: Ensure broadcast link re-acquires node after link failure
Fix a bug that can prevent TIPC from sending broadcast messages to a node
if contact with the node is lost and then regained. The problem occurs if
the broadcast link first clears the flag indicating the node is part of the
link's distribution set (when it loses contact with the node), and later
fails to restore the flag (when contact is regained); restoration fails
if contact with the node is regained by implicit unicast link activation
triggered by the arrival of a data message, rather than explicitly by the
arrival of a link activation message.

The broadcast link now uses separate fields to track whether a node is
theoretically capable of receiving broadcast messages versus whether it is
actually part of the link's distribution set. The former member is updated
by the receipt of link protocol messages, which can occur at any time; the
latter member is updated only when contact with the node is gained or lost.
This change also permits the simplification of several conditional
expressions since the broadcast link's "supported" field can now only be
set if there are working links to the associated node.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:16 -05:00
Allan Stephens 4d75313ce9 tipc: Prevent broadcast link stalling in dual LAN environments
Ensure that sequence number information about incoming broadcast link
messages is initialized only by the activation of the first link to a
given cluster node.  Previously, a race condition allowed reset and/or
activation messages for a second link to re-initialize this sequence
number information with obsolete values. This could trigger TIPC to
request the retransmission of previously acknowledged broadcast link
messages from that node, resulting in broadcast link processing becoming
stalled if the node had already released one or more of those messages
and was unable to perform the required retransmission.

Thanks to Laser <gotolaser@gmail.com> for identifying this problem
and assisting in the development of this fix.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:16 -05:00
Allan Stephens 92d2c905b4 tipc: Prevent transmission of outdated link protocol messages
Ensures that a link endpoint discards any previously deferred link
protocol message whenever it attempts to send a new one.

Previously, it was possible for a link protocol message that was unsent
due to congestion to be transmitted after newer protocol messages had
been sent. The stale link protocol message might then cause the receiving
link endpoint to malfunction because of its outdated conent.

Thanks to Osamu Kaminuma [okaminum@avaya.com] for diagnosing the problem
and contributing a prototype patch.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:15 -05:00
Allan Stephens 8809b255a9 tipc: improve the link deferred queue insertion algorithm
Re-code the algorithm for inserting an out-of-sequence message into
a unicast or broadcast link's deferred message queue.  It remains
functionally equivalent but should be easier to understand/maintain.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-02-06 16:59:15 -05:00
David S. Miller 59d74026fa Merge branch 'for-davem' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next 2012-02-06 15:35:14 -05:00
Johannes Berg e1936e9407 mac80211: call rate control only after init
There are situations where we don't have the
necessary rate control information yet for
station entries, e.g. when associating. This
currently doesn't really happen due to the
dummy station handling; explicitly disabling
rate control when it's not initialised will
allow us to remove dummy stations.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 15:35:11 -05:00
David S. Miller a0417fa3a1 net: Make qdisc_skb_cb upper size bound explicit.
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.

This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-06 15:14:37 -05:00
Eliad Peller 885bd8eca6 mac80211: support hw scan while idle
Currently, mac80211 goes to idle-off before starting a scan.
However, some devices that implement hw scan might not
need going idle-off in order to perform a hw scan, and
thus saving some energy and simplifying their state machine.

(Note that this is also the case for sched scan - it
currently doesn't make mac80211 go idle-off)

Add a new flag to indicate support for hw scan while idle.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:55:51 -05:00
Dan Carpenter 910570b5f4 mac80211: off by one in mcs mask handling
"ridx" is used as an index into the mcs_mask[] array which has
IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN elements.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:55:41 -05:00
Antonio Quartulli 267335d63b cfg80211/mac80211: userspace peer authorization in IBSS
If the IBSS network is RSN-protected, let userspace authorize the stations
instead of adding them as AUTHORIZED by default.

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:53:10 -05:00
Johannes Berg 66e67e4189 mac80211: redesign auth/assoc
This is the second part of the auth/assoc redesign,
the mac80211 part. This moves the auth/assoc code
out of the work abstraction and into the MLME, so
that we don't flip channels all the time etc.

The only downside is that when we are associated,
we need to drop the association in order to create
a connection to another AP, but for most drivers
this is actually desirable and the ability to do
was never used by any applications. If we want to
implement resource reservation with FT-OTA, we'd
probably best do it with explicit R-O-C in wpa_s.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:50:37 -05:00
Johannes Berg 4c0c0b75e0 cfg80211: export cfg80211_ref_bss
This is needed by mac80211 to keep a reference
to a BSS alive for the auth process. Remove the
old version of cfg80211_ref_bss() since it's
not actually used.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:50:37 -05:00
Johannes Berg 95de817b90 cfg80211: stop tracking authenticated state
To track authenticated state seems to have been
a design mistake in cfg80211. It is possible to
have out of band authentication (FT), tracking
multiple authentications caused more problems
than it ever helped, and the implementation in
mac80211 is too complex.

Remove all this complexity, and let userspace
do whatever it wants to, mac80211 can deal with
that just fine. Association is still tracked of
course, but authentication no longer is. Local
auth state changes are thus no longer of value,
so ignore them completely.

This will also help implement SAE -- asking the
driver to do an authentication is now almost
equivalent to sending an authentication frame,
with the exception of shared key authentication
which is still handled completely.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:50:37 -05:00
Johannes Berg 7852e36186 mac80211: remove dummy STA support
The dummy STA support was added because I didn't
want to change the driver API at the time. Now
that we have state transitions triggering station
add/remove in the driver, we only call add once a
station reaches ASSOCIATED, so we can remove the
dummy station stuff again.

While at it, tighten the RX check and accept only
port control (EAP) frames from the AP station if
it's not associated yet -- in other cases there's
no race.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:50:37 -05:00
Johannes Berg a4ec45a421 mac80211: implement sta_add/sta_remove in sta_state
Instead of maintaining separate sta_add/sta_remove
callsites, implement it in sta_state when the driver
has no sta_state implementation.

The only behavioural change this should cause is in
secure mesh mode: with this the station entries will
only be created after the stations are set to AUTH.
Given which drivers support mesh, this seems to not
be a problem.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:48:25 -05:00
Johannes Berg f09603a259 mac80211: add sta_state callback
(based on Eliad's patch)

Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever
the state of a station changes. The driver is only
notified when the station is actually in the mac80211
hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions.

To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls
with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST
state.

This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in
handling it when a station is inserted, particularly
in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry
around for mac80211 purposes.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:48:24 -05:00
Johannes Berg 71ec375c75 mac80211: add NOTEXIST station state
This will be used by drivers later if they
need to have stations inserted all the time,
in mac80211 has no purpose, is never used
and sta_state starts out in NONE.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:48:24 -05:00
Johannes Berg 89c91caecc mac80211: dont program keys for stations not uploaded
If a station couldn't be uploaded to the driver but
is still kept (only in IBSS mode) we still shouldn't
try to program the keys for it into hardware; fix
this bug by skipping the key upload in this case.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:48:24 -05:00
Johannes Berg 077f493928 mac80211: simplify AP_VLAN handling
Setting keys and updating TKIP keys must use the
BSS sdata (not AP_VLAN), so we translate. Move
the translation into driver-ops wrappers instead
of having it inline in the code to simplify the
normal code flow.

The same can be done for sta_add/remove which
already does the translation in the wrapper.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:48:24 -05:00
Johannes Berg c8987876e9 mac80211: move managed mode station state modification
Move the station state modification right before insert,
this just makes the current code more readable (you can
tell that it's before insertion looking at a single
screenful of code) right now, but some upcoming changes
will require this.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:48:23 -05:00
John W. Linville 8926574c4d Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8192se/sw.c
2012-02-06 14:26:39 -05:00
Steve Dickson 5753cba176 SUNRPC: Adding status trace points
This patch adds three trace points to the status routines
in the sunrpc state machine.

The goal of these trace points is to give an Admin
the ability to check on binding status or connection
status to see if there is a potential problem.

Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-02-06 10:37:53 -05:00
Jesper Juhl 1f0b6702b5 caif: caifdev is never used in net/caif/caif_dev.c::transmit() - remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-05 17:53:04 -05:00
Jesper Juhl 22b6a2eb90 decnet: remove unused variable from dn_output()
The variable 'neigh' is assigned to, but otherwise completely
unused. So let's remove it.

Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-05 17:44:55 -05:00
Shawn Lu e2446eaab5 tcp_v4_send_reset: binding oif to iif in no sock case
Binding RST packet outgoing interface to incoming interface
for tcp v4 when there is no socket associate with it.
when sk is not NULL, using sk->sk_bound_dev_if instead.
(suggested by Eric Dumazet).

This has few benefits:
1. tcp_v6_send_reset already did that.
2. This helps tcp connect with SO_BINDTODEVICE set. When
connection is lost, we still able to sending out RST using
same interface.
3. we are sending reply, it is most likely to be succeed
if iif is used

Signed-off-by: Shawn Lu <shawn.lu@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-04 18:20:05 -05:00
David S. Miller dd48dc34fe Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2012-02-04 16:39:32 -05:00
Neil Horman 5962b35c1d netprio_cgroup: Fix obo in get_prioidx
It was recently pointed out to me that the get_prioidx function sets a bit in
the prioidx map prior to checking to see if the index being set is out of
bounds.  This patch corrects that, avoiding the possiblity of us writing beyond
the end of the array

Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
CC: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-04 16:30:24 -05:00
sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com 576f3cc7fb caif: Add drop count for caif_net device.
Count dropped packets in CAIF Netdevice.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-04 16:06:27 -05:00
sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com 4a695823b5 caif: Kill debugfs vars for caif socket
Kill off the debug-fs exposed varaibles from caif_socket.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-04 16:06:27 -05:00
Simon Horman e0aac52e17 ipvs: fix matching of fwmark templates during scheduling
Commit f11017ec2d (2.6.37)
moved the fwmark variable in subcontext that is invalidated before
reaching the ip_vs_ct_in_get call. As vaddr is provided as pointer
in the param structure make sure the fwmark variable is in
same context. As the fwmark templates can not be matched,
more and more template connections are created and the
controlled connections can not go to single real server.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-02-04 20:27:58 +01:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 9f912ceb7e SUNPRC: remove marking service temporary sockets with XPT_CHNGBUF
This is a cleanup patch.
Service temporary sockets can be TCP or RDMA only. But XPT_CHNGBUF service
socket flag is checked only for UDP sockets on receive.
Thus (if I don't miss something non-obvious) this bit raising for temporary
sockets can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-02-03 14:26:43 -05:00
Dan Carpenter 3476964dba nfsd: remove some unneeded checks
We check for zero length strings in the caller now, so these aren't
needed.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-02-03 14:26:42 -05:00
Dan Carpenter 6d8d174998 nfsd: don't allow zero length strings in cache_parse()
There is no point in passing a zero length string here and quite a
few of that cache_parse() implementations will Oops if count is
zero.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-02-03 14:26:42 -05:00
John W. Linville 157ca9eae9 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem 2012-02-03 14:14:07 -05:00
Linus Torvalds 6c073a7ee2 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
  rbd: fix safety of rbd_put_client()
  rbd: fix a memory leak in rbd_get_client()
  ceph: create a new session lock to avoid lock inversion
  ceph: fix length validation in parse_reply_info()
  ceph: initialize client debugfs outside of monc->mutex
  ceph: change "ceph.layout" xattr to be "ceph.file.layout"
2012-02-02 15:47:33 -08:00
Sage Weil ab434b60ab ceph: initialize client debugfs outside of monc->mutex
Initializing debufs under monc->mutex introduces a lock dependency for
sb->s_type->i_mutex_key, which (combined with several other dependencies)
leads to an annoying lockdep warning.  There's no particular reason to do
the debugfs setup under this lock, so move it out.

It used to be the case that our first monmap could come from the OSD; that
is no longer the case with recent servers, so we will reliably set up the
client entry during the initial authentication.

We don't have to worry about racing with debugfs teardown by
ceph_debugfs_client_cleanup() because ceph_destroy_client() calls
ceph_msgr_flush() first, which will wait for the message dispatch work
to complete (and the debugfs init to complete).

Fixes: #1940
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
2012-02-02 12:49:01 -08:00
Dmitry Tarnyagin ba7605745d caif: Bugfix double kfree_skb upon xmit failure
SKB is freed twice upon send error. The Network stack consumes SKB even
when it returns error code.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-02 14:35:12 -05:00
sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com b01377a420 caif: Bugfix list_del_rcu race in cfmuxl_ctrlcmd.
Always use cfmuxl_remove_uplayer when removing a up-layer.
cfmuxl_ctrlcmd() can be called independently and in parallel with
cfmuxl_remove_uplayer(). The race between them could cause list_del_rcu
to be called on a node which has been already taken out from the list.
That lead to a (rare) crash on accessing poisoned node->prev inside
list_del_rcu.

This fix ensures that deletion are done holding the same lock.

Reported-by: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-02 14:35:12 -05:00
Jason Wang c43b874d5d tcp: properly initialize tcp memory limits
Commit 4acb4190 tries to fix the using uninitialized value
introduced by commit 3dc43e3,  but it would make the
per-socket memory limits too small.

This patch fixes this and also remove the redundant codes
introduced in 4acb4190.

Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-02 14:34:41 -05:00
Li Zefan 761b3ef50e cgroup: remove cgroup_subsys argument from callbacks
The argument is not used at all, and it's not necessary, because
a specific callback handler of course knows which subsys it
belongs to.

Now only ->pupulate() takes this argument, because the handlers of
this callback always call cgroup_add_file()/cgroup_add_files().

So we reduce a few lines of code, though the shrinking of object size
is minimal.

 16 files changed, 113 insertions(+), 162 deletions(-)

   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
5486240  656987 7039960 13183187         c928d3 vmlinux.o.orig
5486170  656987 7039960 13183117         c9288d vmlinux.o

Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
2012-02-02 09:20:22 -08:00
David S. Miller 7161c76f0d atm: clip: Convert over to dst_neigh_lookup().
CLIP only support ipv4, and this is evidenced by the fact that it
is a device specific extension of arp_tbl, so this conversion is
pretty straightforward.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 17:23:11 -05:00
David S. Miller 3329bdfc40 decnet: Add missing neigh->ha locking to dn_neigh_output_packet()
Basically, mirror the logic in neigh_connected_output().

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 16:34:25 -05:00
David S. Miller f79d52c254 ipv6: Remove never used function inet6_ac_check().
It went from unused, to commented out, and never changing after
that.

Just get rid of it, if someone wants it they can unearth it from
the history.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 16:14:17 -05:00
Joe Perches 7b6cd1ce72 PATCH V2 net-next] net: dev: Convert printks to pr_<level>
Use the current logging style.
Coalesce formats where appropriate.
Update grammar where appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 15:57:08 -05:00
Eliad Peller 07ae2dfcf4 mac80211: timeout a single frame in the rx reorder buffer
The current code checks for stored_mpdu_num > 1, causing
the reorder_timer to be triggered indefinitely, but the
frame is never timed-out (until the next packet is received)

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-01 15:26:00 -05:00
Ben Hutchings 786f528119 ethtool: Null-terminate filename passed to ethtool_ops::flash_device
The parameters for ETHTOOL_FLASHDEV include a filename, which ought to
be null-terminated.  Currently the only driver that implements
ethtool_ops::flash_device attempts to add a null terminator if
necessary, but does it wrongly.  Do it in the ethtool core instead.

Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 14:47:17 -05:00
Arun Sharma efcdbf24fd net: Disambiguate kernel message
Some of our machines were reporting:

TCP: too many of orphaned sockets

even when the number of orphaned sockets was well below the
limit.

We print a different message depending on whether we're out
of TCP memory or there are too many orphaned sockets.

Also move the check out of line and cleanup the messages
that were printed.

Signed-off-by: Arun Sharma <asharma@fb.com>
Suggested-by: Mohan Srinivasan <mohan@fb.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 14:41:50 -05:00
Joe Perches 6f7062457f netpoll: Neaten MAX_SKB_SIZE macro
Add the types in the packet layout order.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Reviewed-by: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 14:20:27 -05:00
Joe Perches e6ec26935a netpoll: Convert printks to np_<level> and add pr_fmt
Use a more current message logging style.
Add pr_fmt to prefix dmesg output with "netpoll: "
Add macros to print np->name.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Reviewed-by: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 14:20:27 -05:00
Shawn Lu 658ddaaf66 tcp: md5: RST: getting md5 key from listener
TCP RST mechanism is broken in TCP md5(RFC2385). When
connection is gone, md5 key is lost, sending RST
without md5 hash is deem to ignored by peer. This can
be a problem since RST help protocal like bgp to fast
recove from peer crash.

In most case, users of tcp md5, such as bgp and ldp,
have listener on both sides to accept connection from peer.
md5 keys for peers are saved in listening socket.

There are two cases in finding md5 key when connection is
lost:
1.Passive receive RST: The message is send to well known port,
tcp will associate it with listner. md5 key is gotten from
listener.

2.Active receive RST (no sock): The message is send to ative
side, there is no socket associated with the message. In this
case, finding listener from source port, then find md5 key from
listener.

we are not loosing sercuriy here:
packet is checked with md5 hash. No RST is generated
if md5 hash doesn't match or no md5 key can be found.

Signed-off-by: Shawn Lu <shawn.lu@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 12:43:54 -05:00
John W. Linville 874239f51f Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless 2012-02-01 10:48:50 -05:00
Dan Carpenter 5b11b2e4bd xfrm6: remove unneeded NULL check in __xfrm6_output()
We don't check for NULL consistently in __xfrm6_output().  If "x" were
NULL here it would lead to an OOPs later.  I asked Steffen Klassert
about this and he suggested that we remove the NULL check.

On 10/29/11, Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com> wrote:
>> net/ipv6/xfrm6_output.c
>>    148
>>    149		if ((x && x->props.mode == XFRM_MODE_TUNNEL) &&
>>                           ^
>
> x can't be null here. It would be a bug if __xfrm6_output() is called
> without a xfrm_state attached to the skb. I think we can just remove
> this null check.

Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 02:52:48 -05:00
Eric Dumazet a8afca0329 tcp: md5: protects md5sig_info with RCU
This patch makes sure we use appropriate memory barriers before
publishing tp->md5sig_info, allowing tcp_md5_do_lookup() being used from
tcp_v4_send_reset() without holding socket lock (upcoming patch from
Shawn Lu)

Note we also need to respect rcu grace period before its freeing, since
we can free socket without this grace period thanks to
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Shawn Lu <shawn.lu@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-01 02:11:47 -05:00
Trond Myklebust d3b773e4fd SUNRPC: fixup for namespace changes
Fixes this build error when CONFIG_NET_NS is not set:

net/sunrpc/svcsock.c: In function 'svc_setup_socket':
net/sunrpc/svcsock.c:1412:40: error: 'struct sock_common' has no member named 'skc_net'

Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:22 -05:00
Trond Myklebust 82b0a4c3c1 SUNRPC: Add trace events to the sunrpc subsystem
Add declarations to allow tracing of RPC call creation, running, sleeping,
and destruction.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:21 -05:00
Trond Myklebust a613fa168a SUNRPC: constify the rpc_program
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:20 -05:00
Trond Myklebust 080b794ce5 SUNRPC: constify rpc_program->name
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:20 -05:00
Trond Myklebust 6eac7d3f45 SUNRPC: constify rpc_clnt fields cl_server and cl_protname
...and get rid of the superfluous cl_inline_name.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:19 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 4cb54ca206 SUNRPC: search for service transports in network namespace context
Service transports are parametrized by network namespace. And thus lookup of
transport instance have to take network namespace into account.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Acked-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:19 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 246590f56c SUNRPC: register service stats /proc entries in passed network namespace context
This patch makes it possible to create NFSd program entry ("/proc/net/rpc/nfsd")
in passed network namespace context instead of hard-coded "init_net".

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:18 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky ec7652aaf2 SUNRPC: register RPC stats /proc entries in passed network namespace context
This patch makes it possible to create NFS program entry ("/proc/net/rpc/nfs")
in passed network namespace context instead of hard-coded "init_net".

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:17 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 2c5f846747 SUNRPC: generic cache register routines removed
All cache users now uses network-namespace-aware routines, so generic ones
are obsolete.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Acked-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:16 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky d05cc10406 SUNRPC: ip map cache per network namespace cleanup
This patch converts ip_map_cache per network namespace implemenetation to the
same view, as other caches done in the series.
Besides generalization, code becomes shorter with this patch.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Acked-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:16 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky a1db410d0b SUNRPC: create GSS auth cache per network namespace
This patch makes GSS auth cache details allocated and registered per network
namespace context.
Thus with this patch rsi_cache and rsc_cache contents for network namespace "X"
are controlled from proc file system mount for the same network namespace "X".

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Acked-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:15 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 73393232d6 SUNRPC: create unix gid cache per network namespace
v2:
1) fixed silly usage of template cache as a real one (this code left from
static global cache for all)

This patch makes unix_gid_cache cache detail allocated and registered per
network namespace context.
Thus with this patch unix_gid_cache contents for network namespace "X" are
controlled from proc file system mount for the same network namespace "X".

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Acked-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:15 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 0a402d5a65 SUNRPC: cache creation and destruction routines introduced
This patch prepares infrastructure for network namespace aware cache detail
allocation.
One note about adding network namespace link to cache structure. It's going to
be used later in NFS DNS cache parsing routine (nfs_dns_parse for rpc_pton()
call).

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Acked-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:14 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 5ecebb7c7f SUNRPC: unregister service on creation in current network namespace
On service shutdown we can be sure, that no more users of it left except
current. Thus it looks like using current network namespace context is safe in
this case.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:14 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky bee42f688c SUNRPC: register service on creation in current network namespace
Service, using rpcbind (Lockd, NFSd) are starting from userspace call and thus
we can use current network namespace.
There could be a problem with NFSd service, because it's creation can be called
through NFSd fs from different network namespace. But this is a part of "NFSd
per net ns" task and will be fixed in future.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:14 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 5247fab5c8 SUNRPC: pass network namespace to service registering routines
Lockd and NFSd services will handle requests from and to many network
nsamespaces. And thus have to be registered and unregistered per network
namespace.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:13 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky b030fb0bb1 SUNRPC: use proper network namespace in rpcbind RPCBPROC_GETADDR procedure
Pass request socket network namespace to rpc_uaddr2sockaddr() instead of
hardcoded "init_net",  when decoding address in RPCBPROC_GETADDR procedure.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:13 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky f2ac4dc911 SUNRPC: parametrize rpc_uaddr2sockaddr() by network context
Parametrize rpc_uaddr2sockaddr() by network context and thus force it's callers to pass
in network context instead of using hard-coded "init_net".

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:12 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 90100b1766 SUNRPC: parametrize rpc_pton() by network context
Parametrize rpc_pton() by network context and thus force it's callers to pass
in network context instead of using hard-coded "init_net".

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:12 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 8b147f7473 SUNRPC: parametrize rpc_pton6() by network context
Parametrize rpc_pton6() by network context and thus force it's caller
to pass in network context instead of using hard-coded "init_net".

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:11 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 3065f1e29a SUNRPC: parametrize rpc_parse_scope_id() by network context
Parametrize rpc_parse_scope_id() by network context and thus force it's caller
to pass in network context instead of using hard-coded "init_net".

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:11 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky f7a30c18e8 SUNRPC: parametrize local rpcbind clients creation with net ns
These client are per network namespace and thus can be created for different
network namespaces.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:11 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 977ac31573 SUNRPC: register rpcbind programs in passed network namespase context
Registering rpcbind program requires rpcbind clients, which are per network
namespace context.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:10 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky c2550e07a6 SUNRPC: create rpcbind client in passed network namespace context
Rpcbind clients are per network namespace.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:10 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 1a114a6646 SUNRPC: optimize net_ns dereferencing in rpcbind registering calls
Static rpcbind registering functions can be parametrized by network namespace
pointer, calculated only once, instead of using init_net pointer (or taking it
from current when virtualization will be comleted) in many places.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:09 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 2ea75a10ad SUNRPC: optimize net_ns dereferencing in rpcbind creation calls
Static rpcbind creation functions can be parametrized by network namespace
pointer, calculated only once, instead of using init_net pointer (or taking it
from current when virtualization will be comleted) in many places.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:09 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky dff02d499c SUNRPC: move rpcbind internals to sunrpc part of network namespace context
This patch makes rpcbind logic works in network namespace context. IOW each
network namespace will have it's own unique rpcbind internals (clients and
friends) required for registering svc services per network namespace.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:09 -05:00
Trond Myklebust 961a828df6 SUNRPC: Fix potential races in xprt_lock_write_next()
We have to ensure that the wake up from the waitqueue and the assignment
of xprt->snd_task are atomic. We can do this by assigning the snd_task
while under the waitqueue spinlock.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 19:28:08 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 12bc372b96 SUNRPC: kernel PipeFS mount point creation routines removed
This patch removes static rpc_mnt variable and its creation and destruction
routines, because they are not used anymore.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:27 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky eee17325f1 NFS: idmap PipeFS notifier introduced
v2:
1) Added "nfs_idmap_init" and "nfs_idmap_quit" definitions for kernels built
without CONFIG_NFS_V4 option set.

This patch subscribes NFS clients to RPC pipefs notifications. Idmap notifier
is registering on NFS module load. This notifier callback is responsible for
creation/destruction of PipeFS idmap pipe dentry for NFS4 clients.

Since ipdmap pipe is created in rpc client pipefs directory, we have make sure,
that this directory has been created already. IOW RPC client notifier callback
has been called already. To achive this, PipeFS notifier priorities has been
introduced (RPC clients notifier priority is greater than NFS idmap one).
But this approach gives another problem: unlink for RPC client directory will
be called before NFS idmap pipe unlink on UMOUNT event and will fail, because
directory is not empty.
The solution, introduced in this patch, is to try to remove client directory
once again after idmap pipe was unlinked. This looks like ugly hack, so
probably it should be replaced in some more elegant way.

Note that no locking required in notifier callback because PipeFS superblock
pointer is passed as an argument from it's creation or destruction routine and
thus we can be sure about it's validity.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:27 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky ad6b134008 SUNRPC: fix pipe->ops cleanup on pipe dentry unlink
This patch looks late due to GSS AUTH patches sent already. But it fixes a flaw
in RPC PipeFS pipes handling.
I've added this patch in the series, because this series related to pipes. But
it should be a part of previous series named "SUNPRC: cleanup PipeFS for
network-namespace-aware users".

Pipe dentry can be created and destroyed many times during pipe life cycle.
This actually means, that we can't set pipe->ops to NULL in rpc_close_pipes()
and use this variable as a flag, indicating, that pipe's dentry is unlinking.
To follow this restriction, this patch replaces "pipe->ops = NULL" assignment
and checks for NULL with "pipe->dentry = NULL" assignment and checks for
NULL respectively.
This patch also removes check for non-NULL pipe->ops (or pipe->dentry) in
rpc_close_pipes() because it always non-NULL now.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:26 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 820f9442e7 SUNRPC: split cache creation and PipeFS registration
This precursor patch splits SUNRPC cache creation and PipeFS registartion.
It's required for latter split of NFS DNS resolver cache creation per network
namespace context and PipeFS registration/unregistration on MOUNT/UMOUNT
events.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:26 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 30507f58ce SUNRPC: remove RPC PipeFS mount point reference from RPC client
This is a cleanup patch. We don't need this reference anymore.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:26 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 70fe25b6e1 SUNRPC: remove RPC pipefs mount point manipulations from RPC clients code
v2:
1) Updated due to changes in the first patch of the series.

Now, with RPC pipefs mount notifications handling in RPC clients, we can remove
mount point creation and destruction. RPC clients dentries will be created on
PipeFS mount event and removed on umount event.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:25 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky f5131257f7 SUNRPC: remove RPC client pipefs dentries after unregister
Without this patch we have races:

rpc_fill_super				rpc_free_client
rpc_pipefs_event(MOUNT)			rpc_remove_pipedir
spin_lock(&rpc_client_lock);
rpc_setup_pipedir_sb
spin_unlock(&rpc_client_lock);
					spin_lock(&rpc_client_lock);
					(remove from list)
					spin_unlock(&rpc_client_lock);
					MEAMORY LEAKED

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:25 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 80df9d2022 SUNRPC: subscribe RPC clients to pipefs notifications
This patch subscribes RPC clients to RPC pipefs notifications. RPC clients
notifier block is registering with pipefs initialization during SUNRPC module
init.
This notifier callback is responsible for RPC client PipeFS directory and GSS
pipes creation. For pipes creation and destruction two additional callbacks
were added to struct rpc_authops.
Note that no locking required in notifier callback because PipeFS superblock
pointer is passed as an argument from it's creation or destruction routine and
thus we can be sure about it's validity.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:25 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 70abc49b4f SUNRPC: make SUNPRC clients list per network namespace context
This patch moves static SUNRPC clients list and it's lock to sunrpc_net
structure.
Currently this list is used only for debug purposes. But later it will be used
also for selecting clients by networks namespace on PipeFS mount/umount events.
Per-network namespace lists will make this faster and simplier.

Note: client list is taken from "init_net" network namespace context in
rpc_show_tasks(). This will be changed some day later with making SUNRPC
sysctl's per network namespace context.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:25 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky ccdc28f81c SUNRPC: handle GSS AUTH pipes by network namespace aware routines
This patch makes RPC GSS PipeFs pipes allocated in it's RPC client owner
network namespace context.
Pipes creation and destruction now done in separated functions, which takes
care about PipeFS superblock locking.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:25 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 0157d021d2 SUNRPC: handle RPC client pipefs dentries by network namespace aware routines
v2:
1) "Over-put" of PipeFS mount point fixed. Fix is ugly, but allows to bisect
the patch set. And it will be removed later in the series.

This patch makes RPC clients PipeFs dentries allocations in it's owner network
namespace context.
RPC client pipefs dentries creation logic has been changed:
1) Pipefs dentries creation by sb was moved to separated function, which will
be used for handling PipeFS mount notification.
2) Initial value of RPC client PipeFS dir dentry is set no NULL now.

RPC client pipefs dentries cleanup logic has been changed:
1) Cleanup is done now in separated rpc_remove_pipedir() function, which takes
care about pipefs superblock locking.

Also this patch removes slashes from cb_program.pipe_dir_name and from
NFS_PIPE_DIRNAME to make rpc_d_lookup_sb() work. This doesn't affect
vfs_path_lookup() results in nfs4blocklayout_init() since this slash is cutted
off anyway in link_path_walk().

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:25 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky c239d83b99 SUNRPC: split SUNPRC PipeFS dentry and private pipe data creation
This patch is a final step towards to removing PipeFS inode references from
kernel code other than PipeFS itself. It makes all kernel SUNRPC PipeFS users
depends on pipe private data, which state depend on their specific operations,
etc.
This patch completes SUNRPC PipeFS preparations and allows to create pipe
private data and PipeFS dentries independently.
Next step will be making SUNPRC PipeFS dentries allocated by SUNRPC PipeFS
network namespace aware routines.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:25 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 9beae4677d SUNRPC: cleanup GSS pipes usage
Currently gss auth holds RPC inode pointer which is now redundant since it
requires only pipes operations which takes private pipe data as an argument.
Thus this code can be cleaned and all references to RPC inode can be replaced
with privtae pipe data references.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:25 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky d706ed1f50 SUNPRC: cleanup RPC PipeFS pipes upcall interface
RPC pipe upcall doesn't requires only private pipe data. Thus RPC inode
references in this code can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:25 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky d0fe13ba91 SUNRPC: cleanup PipeFS redundant RPC inode usage
This patch removes redundant RPC inode references from PipeFS. These places are
actually where pipes operations are performed.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:24 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky ba9e097593 SUNRPC: split SUNPRC PipeFS pipe data and inode creation
Generally, pipe data is used only for pipes, and thus allocating space for it
on every RPC inode allocation is redundant. This patch splits private SUNRPC
PipeFS pipe data and inode, makes pipe data allocated only for pipe inodes.
This patch is also is a next step towards to to removing PipeFS inode
references from kernel code other than PipeFS itself.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:24 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 766347bec3 SUNRPC: replace inode lock with pipe lock for RPC PipeFS operations
Currenly, inode i_lock is used to provide concurrent access to SUNPRC PipeFS
pipes. It looks redundant, since now other use of inode is present in most of
these places and thus can be easely replaced, which will allow to remove most
of inode references from PipeFS code. This is a first step towards to removing
PipeFS inode references from kernel code other than PipeFS itself.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:24 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky efc46bf2b2 SUNRPC: added debug messages to RPC pipefs
This patch adds debug messages for notification events.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:24 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky c21a588f35 SUNRPC: pipefs per-net operations helper introduced
During per-net pipes creation and destruction we have to make sure, that pipefs
sb exists for the whole creation/destruction cycle. This is done by using
special mutex which controls pipefs sb reference on network namespace context.
Helper consists of two parts: first of them (rpc_get_dentry_net) searches for
dentry with specified name and returns with mutex taken on success. When pipe
creation or destructions is completed, caller should release this mutex by
rpc_put_dentry_net call.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:24 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 90c4e82999 SUNRPC: put pipefs superblock link on network namespace
We have modules (like, pNFS blocklayout module) which creates pipes on
rpc_pipefs. Thus we need per-net operations for them. To make it possible we
require appropriate super block. So we have to put sb link on network namespace
context. Note, that it's not strongly required to create pipes in per-net
operations. IOW, if pipefs wasn't mounted yet, that no sb link reference will
present on network namespace and in this case we need just need to pass through
pipe creation. Pipe dentry will be created during pipefs mount notification.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:24 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 432eb1a5fb SUNRPC: pipefs dentry lookup helper introduced
In all places, where pipefs dentries are created, only directory inode is
actually required to create new dentry. And all this directories has root
pipefs dentry as their parent. So we actually don't need this pipefs mount
point at all if some pipefs lookup method will be provided.
IOW, all we really need is just superblock and simple lookup method to find
root's child dentry with appropriate name. And this patch introduces this
method.
Note, that no locking implemented in rpc_d_lookup_sb(). So it can be used only
in case of assurance, that pipefs superblock still exist. IOW, we can use this
method only in pipefs mount-umount notification subscribers callbacks.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:24 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 2d00131acc SUNRPC: send notification events on pipefs sb creation and destruction
They will be used to notify subscribers about pipefs superblock creation and
destruction.
Subcribers will have to create their dentries on passed superblock on mount
event and destroy otherwise.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:24 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 021c68dec8 SUNRPC: hold current network namespace while pipefs superblock is active
We want to be sure that network namespace is still alive while we have pipefs
mounted.
This will be required later, when RPC pipefs will be mounting only from
user-space context.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:23 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 38b0da7522 SUNRPC: create RPC pipefs superblock per network namespace context
This is the initial step of RPC pipefs virtualization. It changes nothing to
current pipefs behaviour except that mount of pipefs in other than init_net
network namespace context will provide only root tree. No other dentries will
be visible.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:23 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky 5bff038630 SUNRPC: remove non-exclusive pipe creation from RPC pipefs
This patch-set was created in context of clone of git branch:
git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6.git.

v2:
1) Rebased of current repo state (i.e. all commits were pulled before apply)

I feel it is ready for inclusion if no objections will appear.

SUNRPC pipefs non-exclusive pipe creation code looks obsolete. IOW, as I see
it, all pipes are creating with unique full path and only once.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-31 18:20:23 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 5f3d9cb296 tcp: md5: use sock_kmalloc() to limit md5 keys
There is no limit on number of MD5 keys an application can attach to a
tcp socket.

This patch adds a per tcp socket limit based
on /proc/sys/net/core/optmem_max

With current default optmem_max values, this allows about 150 keys on
64bit arches, and 88 keys on 32bit arches.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-31 16:11:48 -05:00
Eric Dumazet a915da9b69 tcp: md5: rcu conversion
In order to be able to support proper RST messages for TCP MD5 flows, we
need to allow access to MD5 keys without locking listener socket.

This conversion is a nice cleanup, and shrinks size of timewait sockets
by 80 bytes.

IPv6 code reuses generic code found in IPv4 instead of duplicating it.

Control path uses GFP_KERNEL allocations instead of GFP_ATOMIC.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Shawn Lu <shawn.lu@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-31 12:14:00 -05:00
Eric Dumazet a2d91241a8 tcp: md5: remove obsolete md5_add() method
We no longer use md5_add() method from struct tcp_sock_af_ops

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-31 12:13:59 -05:00
Helmut Schaa 4f3eb0ba48 mac80211: Move num_sta_ps counter decrement after synchronize_rcu
Unted the assumption that the sta struct is still accessible before the
synchronize_rcu call we should move the num_sta_ps counter decrement
after synchronize_rcu to avoid incorrect decrements if num_sta_ps.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-30 15:48:28 -05:00
Simon Wunderlich 19468413e8 mac80211: add support for mcs masks
* Handle MCS masks set by the user.
* Match rates provided by the rate control algorithm to the mask set,
  also in HT mode, and switch back to legacy mode if necessary.
* add debugfs files to observate the rate selection

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-30 15:48:26 -05:00
Simon Wunderlich 24db78c05b nl80211: add support for mcs masks
Allow to set mcs masks through nl80211. We also allow to set MCS
rates but no legacy rates (and vice versa).

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-30 15:48:25 -05:00
Helmut Schaa 608383bfc0 mac80211: Fix incorrect num_sta_ps decrement in ap_sta_ps_end
If the driver blocked this specific STA with the help of
ieee80211_sta_block_awake we won't clear WLAN_STA_PS_STA later but
still decrement num_sta_ps. Hence, the next data frame from this
STA will trigger ap_sta_ps_end again and also decrement num_sta_ps
again leading to an incorrect num_sta_ps counter.

This can result in problems with powersaving clients not waking up
from PS because the TIM calculation might be skipped due to the
incorrect num_sta_ps counter.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-30 15:48:20 -05:00
Helmut Schaa 2ab694d302 mac80211: Fix incorrect num_sta_ps decrement in __sta_info_destroy
When WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER is set by ieee80211_sta_block_awake the
num_sta_ps counter is not incremented. Hence, we shouldn't decrement
it in __sta_info_destroy if only WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER is set. This
could result in an incorrect num_sta_ps counter leading to strange side
effects with associated powersaving clients.

Fix this by only decrementing num_sta_ps when WLAN_STA_PS_STA was set
before.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-30 15:48:18 -05:00
Johannes Berg 83d5cc0124 mac80211: station state transition error handling
In the future, when we start notifying drivers,
state transitions could potentially fail. To make
it easier to distinguish between programming bugs
and driver failures:
 * rename sta_info_move_state() to
   sta_info_pre_move_state() which can only be
   called before the station is inserted (and
   check this with a new station flag).
 * rename sta_info_move_state_checked() to just
   plain sta_info_move_state(), as it will be
   the regular function that can fail for more
   than just one reason (bad transition or an
   error from the driver)

This makes the programming model easier -- one of
the functions can only be called before insertion
and can't fail, the other can fail.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-30 15:41:25 -05:00
John W. Linville c037b8367c Revert "mac80211: Do not scan for IBSS merge with a fixed BSSID."
This reverts commit f1e3be1561.

Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> thinks that this patch is
incorrect.  I'll defer to his judgment.

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-30 15:28:11 -05:00
Denys Vlasenko a46621a3a8 net: Deinline __nlmsg_put and genlmsg_put. -7k code on i386 defconfig.
text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
8455963	 532732	1810804	10799499 a4c98b	vmlinux.o.before
8448899	 532732	1810804	10792435 a4adf3	vmlinux.o

This change also removes commented-out copy of __nlmsg_put
which was last touched in 2005 with "Enable once all users
have been converted" comment on top.

Changes in v2: rediffed against net-next.

Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <vda.linux@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-30 15:22:06 -05:00
Linus Torvalds a14a8d9316 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
1) Setting link attributes can modify the size of the attributes that
   would be reported on a subsequent getlink netlink operation,
   therefore min_ifinfo_dump_size needs to be adjusted.  From Stefan
   Gula.

2) Resegmentation of TSO frames while trimming can violate invariants
   expected by callers, namely that the number of segments can only stay
   the same or decrease, never increase.  If MSS changes, however, we
   can trim data but then end up with more segments.  Fix this by only
   segmenting to the MSS already recorded in the SKB.  That's the
   simplest fix for now and if we want to get more fancy in the future
   that's a more involved change.

   This probably explains some retransmit counter inaccuracies.

   From Neal Cardwell.

3) Fix too-many-wakeups in POLL with AF_UNIX sockets, from Eric Dumazet.

4) Fix CAIF crashes wrt.  namespace handling.  From Eric Dumazet and
   Eric W. Biederman.

5) TCP port selection fixes from Flavio Leitner.

6) More socket memory cgroup build fixes in certain randonfig
   situations.  From Glauber Costa.

7) Fix TCP memory sysctl regression reported by Ingo Molnar, also from
   Glauber Costa.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
  af_unix: fix EPOLLET regression for stream sockets
  tcp: fix tcp_trim_head() to adjust segment count with skb MSS
  net/tcp: Fix tcp memory limits initialization when !CONFIG_SYSCTL
  net caif: Register properly as a pernet subsystem.
  netns: Fail conspicously if someone uses net_generic at an inappropriate time.
  net: explicitly add jump_label.h header to sock.h
  net: RTNETLINK adjusting values of min_ifinfo_dump_size
  ipv6: Fix ip_gre lockless xmits.
  xen-netfront: correct MAX_TX_TARGET calculation.
  netns: fix net_alloc_generic()
  tcp: bind() optimize port allocation
  tcp: bind() fix autoselection to share ports
  l2tp: l2tp_ip - fix possible oops on packet receive
  iwlwifi: fix PCI-E transport "inta" race
  mac80211: set bss_conf.idle when vif is connected
  mac80211: update oper_channel on ibss join
2012-01-30 10:53:20 -08:00
Eric Dumazet 5de658f878 ipv6: fix RFC5722 comment
RFC5722 Section 4 was amended by Errata 3089

Our implementation did the right thing anyway...

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-30 12:58:51 -05:00
Tony Zelenoff 84920c1420 net: Allow ipv6 proxies and arp proxies be shown with iproute2
Add ability to return neighbour proxies list to caller if
it sent full ndmsg structure and has NTF_PROXY flag set.

Before this patch (and before iproute2 patches):
$ ip neigh add proxy 2001::1 dev eth0
$ ip -6 neigh show
$

After it and with applied iproute2 patches:
$ ip neigh add proxy 2001::1 dev eth0
$ ip -6 neigh show
2001::1 dev eth0  proxy
$

Compatibility with old versions of iproute2 is not broken,
kernel checks for incoming structure size and properly
works if old structure is came.

[v2]
* changed comments style.
* removed useless line with continue and curly bracket.
* changed incoming message size check from equal to more or
  equal.

CC: davem@davemloft.net
CC: kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: xemul@parallels.com
Signed-off-by: Tony Zelenoff <antonz@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-30 12:57:34 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 6f01fd6e6f af_unix: fix EPOLLET regression for stream sockets
Commit 0884d7aa24 (AF_UNIX: Fix poll blocking problem when reading from
a stream socket) added a regression for epoll() in Edge Triggered mode
(EPOLLET)

Appropriate fix is to use skb_peek()/skb_unlink() instead of
skb_dequeue(), and only call skb_unlink() when skb is fully consumed.

This remove the need to requeue a partial skb into sk_receive_queue head
and the extra sk->sk_data_ready() calls that added the regression.

This is safe because once skb is given to sk_receive_queue, it is not
modified by a writer, and readers are serialized by u->readlock mutex.

This also reduce number of spinlock acquisition for small reads or
MSG_PEEK users so should improve overall performance.

Reported-by: Nick Mathewson <nickm@freehaven.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexey Moiseytsev <himeraster@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-30 12:45:07 -05:00
Neal Cardwell 5b35e1e6e9 tcp: fix tcp_trim_head() to adjust segment count with skb MSS
This commit fixes tcp_trim_head() to recalculate the number of
segments in the skb with the skb's existing MSS, so trimming the head
causes the skb segment count to be monotonically non-increasing - it
should stay the same or go down, but not increase.

Previously tcp_trim_head() used the current MSS of the connection. But
if there was a decrease in MSS between original transmission and ACK
(e.g. due to PMTUD), this could cause tcp_trim_head() to
counter-intuitively increase the segment count when trimming bytes off
the head of an skb. This violated assumptions in tcp_tso_acked() that
tcp_trim_head() only decreases the packet count, so that packets_acked
in tcp_tso_acked() could underflow, leading tcp_clean_rtx_queue() to
pass u32 pkts_acked values as large as 0xffffffff to
ca_ops->pkts_acked().

As an aside, if tcp_trim_head() had really wanted the skb to reflect
the current MSS, it should have called tcp_set_skb_tso_segs()
unconditionally, since a decrease in MSS would mean that a
single-packet skb should now be sliced into multiple segments.

Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-30 12:42:58 -05:00
Glauber Costa 4acb41903b net/tcp: Fix tcp memory limits initialization when !CONFIG_SYSCTL
sysctl_tcp_mem() initialization was moved to sysctl_tcp_ipv4.c
in commit 3dc43e3e4d, since it
became a per-ns value.

That code, however, will never run when CONFIG_SYSCTL is
disabled, leading to bogus values on those fields - causing hung
TCP sockets.

This patch fixes it by keeping an initialization code in
tcp_init(). It will be overwritten by the first net namespace
init if CONFIG_SYSCTL is compiled in, and do the right thing if
it is compiled out.

It is also named properly as tcp_init_mem(), to properly signal
its non-sysctl side effect on TCP limits.

Reported-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/4F22D05A.8030604@parallels.com
[ renamed the function, tidied up the changelog a bit ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-30 12:41:06 -05:00
Linus Torvalds f94f72ee67 NFS client bugfixes for Linux 3.3 (pull 3)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJPJcPiAAoJEGcL54qWCgDyLegQAITxsoM1yYiXUQ70dksWIn8q
 y/ieLyrrTa0X3k3pHjSi305ar5d41ebEdq3aPk7tnXkpVEAPBKu4gmgx2ZQmb/G4
 uS0jiPQMjakORpBQ3RPviPDy+Yb/xWZa8iZFSq8F1pjWggPYVaNaDQmZXY+h1luN
 JSgaLSwefw3eTBuY9sqN1+qr0/F1Cbri5fYDMeA6GlJfdDkt4qO7Rep6VRc8xghk
 Pb5CnyiIziGB8qZnWI2dxQVUZRUYMGA+E6cAZzBxBAyLVxWmZGHJWB6VceNIilaT
 3CWXgQ8XRbOeYWx1q/Lnbf2s1ebRGWj5JxLoMSDYo4U6q5BEjngG0vzf5wHpMToR
 8JZB6PXmD9riCsm6xHIdu5Q+5Ku4cttGDT0PeCci/lwhgf9/u7YxwpTF8zdec0e5
 IWYIA9n+i8pot6XDOrlfmXARIGmtz7CDnPlmXCg0hKujfEj5Tmx7v4DKtGZSxQay
 e83/uuMfSWoaM3/RKG5Y0DhcbweuMMdybno4jgiYilKMCSiP4A+6YOaBSP0Y60DO
 PJmaK5E5BAhGfljCjQkvNZjpIMLUfFKKTjpB1e09ZmNs3q0lSnglX2MEOizaoHLI
 qZ7ZtFY4GVoZDV9d0zqWjUqZK0+L7YWo9M5el2ApBYt/K9gc8bpK9NLB4wrF6aPV
 DSe4flw4d8uTxkFvES3s
 =Fin9
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'nfs-for-3.3-3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs

NFS client bugfixes for Linux 3.3 (pull 3)

* tag 'nfs-for-3.3-3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
  SUNRPC: Fix machine creds in generic_create_cred and generic_match
2012-01-30 08:47:49 -08:00
Eric W. Biederman 8a8ee9aff6 net caif: Register properly as a pernet subsystem.
caif is a subsystem and as such it needs to register with
register_pernet_subsys instead of register_pernet_device.

Among other problems using register_pernet_device was resulting in
net_generic being called before the caif_net structure was allocated.
Which has been causing net_generic to fail with either BUG_ON's or by
return NULL pointers.

A more ugly problem that could be caused is packets in flight why the
subsystem is shutting down.

To remove confusion also remove the cruft cause by inappropriately
trying to fix this bug.

With the aid of the previous patch I have tested this patch and
confirmed that using register_pernet_subsys makes the failure go away as
it should.

Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Tested-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-27 21:06:03 -05:00
David S. Miller c45a3dfb59 ipv6: Eliminate dst_get_neighbour_noref() usage in ip6_forward().
It's only used to get at neigh->primary_key, which in this context is
always going to be the same as rt->rt6i_gateway.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-27 21:00:08 -05:00
David S. Miller 4991969a10 ipv6: Remove neigh argument from ndisc_send_redirect()
Instead, compute it as-needed inside of that function using
dst_neigh_lookup().

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-27 21:00:08 -05:00
David S. Miller 5339ab8b1d ipv6: fib: Convert fib6_age() to dst_neigh_lookup().
In this specific situation we know we are dealing with a gatewayed route
and therefore rt6i_gateway is not going to be in6addr_any even in future
interpretations.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-27 21:00:08 -05:00
David S. Miller eb857186eb ipv6: ndisc: Convert to dst_neigh_lookup()
Now all code paths grab a local reference to the neigh, so if neigh
is not NULL we unconditionally release it at the end.  The old logic
would only release if we didn't have a non-NULL 'rt'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-27 21:00:08 -05:00
David S. Miller 0ec8866204 ipv4: ip_gre: Convert to dst_neigh_lookup()
The conversion is very similar to that made to ipv6's SIT code.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-27 21:00:07 -05:00
David S. Miller cc0d7b91db Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless 2012-01-27 20:40:18 -05:00
Nicolas Cavallari f1e3be1561 mac80211: Do not scan for IBSS merge with a fixed BSSID.
Currently, when we are on an IBSS network with no active station,
we would scan for other BSSID, even if fixed_bssid is on,  due to
a bug in ibss.c,  where fixed_channel would be checked instead of
fixed_bssid.  This would trigger useless scans where scan results
would not be used anyway.

This patch also reverts commit 39d02a7d90,
which assumed that the ifibss->fixed_channel check was legitimate
to disable single-channel scans.  IBSS single-channel scan should
now be fixed.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-27 14:57:06 -05:00
Eliad Peller 6e1b1b2460 mac80211: send null packet on active (psm) reconfiguration
The sta might be in psm against the ap (e.g. because
this was the before a hw restart), so we explicitly
send a null packet in order to make sure it'll
sync against the ap (and get out of psm).

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-27 14:57:05 -05:00
Dan Carpenter 6269cc83e7 nfc: NULL vs zero in nci_activate_target()
This is a pointer so it should be NULL instead of zero.  Sparse
complains about this stuff:
net/nfc/nci/core.c:447:37: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-27 14:57:04 -05:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh 94f9065648 {nl,cfg,mac}80211: Add support of setting non-forwarding entity in Mesh
A mesh node that joins the mesh network is by default a forwarding entity. This patch allows
the mesh node to set as non-forwarding entity. Whenever dot11MeshForwarding is set to 0, the
mesh node can prevent itself from forwarding the traffic which is not destined to him.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-27 14:56:56 -05:00
Johannes Berg 2da8f419e7 cfg80211: fix a few -Wshadow warnings
It seems that -Wshadow is no longer default in
sparse runs, but let's fix the warnings anyway.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-27 14:56:56 -05:00
Johannes Berg 8e7c4e4dc6 mac80211: fix a few -Wshadow warnings
It seems that -Wshadow is no longer default in
sparse runs, but let's fix the warnings anyway.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-27 14:56:55 -05:00
Johannes Berg ea086359a6 mac80211: make CQM RSSI support per virtual interface
Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch,
make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that
the driver set for virtual interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-27 14:56:54 -05:00
Johannes Berg c1288b1278 mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface
Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to
support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces.
To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface
driver capability flags that the driver sets when
an interface is added.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-27 14:56:53 -05:00
Stefan Gula f18da14565 net: RTNETLINK adjusting values of min_ifinfo_dump_size
Setting link parameters on a netdevice changes the value
of if_nlmsg_size(), therefore it is necessary to recalculate
min_ifinfo_dump_size.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Gula <steweg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-26 16:35:57 -05:00
Willem de Bruijn f2b3ee9e42 ipv6: Fix ip_gre lockless xmits.
Tunnel devices set NETIF_F_LLTX to bypass HARD_TX_LOCK.  Sit and
ipip set this unconditionally in ops->setup, but gre enables it
conditionally after parameter passing in ops->newlink. This is
not called during tunnel setup as below, however, so GRE tunnels are
still taking the lock.

modprobe ip_gre
ip tunnel add test0 mode gre remote 10.5.1.1 dev lo
ip link set test0 up
ip addr add 10.6.0.1 dev test0
 # cat /sys/class/net/test0/features
 # $DIR/test_tunnel_xmit 10 10.5.2.1
ip route add 10.5.2.0/24 dev test0
ip tunnel del test0

The newlink callback is only called in rtnl_netlink, and only if
the device is new, as it calls register_netdevice internally. Gre
tunnels are created at 'ip tunnel add' with ioctl SIOCADDTUNNEL,
which calls ipgre_tunnel_locate, which calls register_netdev.
rtnl_newlink is called at 'ip link set', but skips ops->newlink
and the device is up with locking still enabled. The equivalent
ipip tunnel works fine, btw (just substitute 'method gre' for
'method ipip').

On kernels before /sys/class/net/*/features was removed [1],
the first commented out line returns 0x6000 with method gre,
which indicates that NETIF_F_LLTX (0x1000) is not set. With ipip,
it reports 0x7000. This test cannot be used on recent kernels where
the sysfs file is removed (and ETHTOOL_GFEATURES does not currently
work for tunnel devices, because they lack dev->ethtool_ops).

The second commented out line calls a simple transmission test [2]
that sends on 24 cores at maximum rate. Results of a single run:

ipip:			19,372,306
gre before patch:	 4,839,753
gre after patch:	19,133,873

This patch replicates the condition check in ipgre_newlink to
ipgre_tunnel_locate. It works for me, both with oseq on and off.
This is the first time I looked at rtnetlink and iproute2 code,
though, so someone more knowledgeable should probably check the
patch. Thanks.

The tail of both functions is now identical, by the way. To avoid
code duplication, I'll be happy to rework this and merge the two.

[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/104610/
[2] http://kernel.googlecode.com/files/xmit_udp_parallel.c

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-26 16:34:08 -05:00
David S. Miller a7563f342d ipv6: Use ipv6_addr_any()
Suggested by YOSHIFUJI Hideaki.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-26 16:29:16 -05:00
David S. Miller 1e2927b081 ipv6: sit: Convert to dst_neigh_lookup()
The only semantic difference is that we now hold a reference to the
neighbour and thus have to release it.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-26 15:23:21 -05:00
David S. Miller 39232973b7 ipv4/ipv6: Prepare for new route gateway semantics.
In the future the ipv4/ipv6 route gateway will take on two types
of values:

1) INADDR_ANY/IN6ADDR_ANY, for local network routes, and in this case
   the neighbour must be obtained using the destination address in
   ipv4/ipv6 header as the lookup key.

2) Everything else, the actual nexthop route address.

So if the gateway is not inaddr-any we use it, otherwise we must use
the packet's destination address.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-26 15:22:32 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 09e9b813d3 tcp: add LINUX_MIB_TCPRETRANSFAIL counter
It might be useful to get a counter of failed tcp_retransmit_skb()
calls.

Reported-by: Satoru Moriya <satoru.moriya@hds.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-26 13:51:00 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 073862ba5d netns: fix net_alloc_generic()
When a new net namespace is created, we should attach to it a "struct
net_generic" with enough slots (even empty), or we can hit the following
BUG_ON() :

[  200.752016] kernel BUG at include/net/netns/generic.h:40!
...
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff825c3cea>] ? get_cfcnfg+0x3a/0x180
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff821cf0b0>] ? lockdep_rtnl_is_held+0x10/0x20
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff825c41be>] caif_device_notify+0x2e/0x530
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff810d61b7>] notifier_call_chain+0x67/0x110
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff810d67c1>] raw_notifier_call_chain+0x11/0x20
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff821bae82>] call_netdevice_notifiers+0x32/0x60
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff821c2b26>] register_netdevice+0x196/0x300
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff821c2ca9>] register_netdev+0x19/0x30
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff81c1c67a>] loopback_net_init+0x4a/0xa0
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff821b5e62>] ops_init+0x42/0x180
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff821b600b>] setup_net+0x6b/0x100
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff821b6466>] copy_net_ns+0x86/0x110
[  200.752016]  [<ffffffff810d5789>] create_new_namespaces+0xd9/0x190

net_alloc_generic() should take into account the maximum index into the
ptr array, as a subsystem might use net_generic() anytime.

This also reduces number of reallocations in net_assign_generic()

Reported-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-26 13:36:19 -05:00
Flavio Leitner fddb7b5761 tcp: bind() optimize port allocation
Port autoselection finds a port and then drop the lock,
then right after that, gets the hash bucket again and lock it.

Fix it to go direct.

Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-25 21:50:43 -05:00
Flavio Leitner 2b05ad33e1 tcp: bind() fix autoselection to share ports
The current code checks for conflicts when the application
requests a specific port.  If there is no conflict, then
the request is granted.

On the other hand, the port autoselection done by the kernel
fails when all ports are bound even when there is a port
with no conflict available.

The fix changes port autoselection to check if there is a
conflict and use it if not.

Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-25 21:50:43 -05:00
James Chapman 68315801db l2tp: l2tp_ip - fix possible oops on packet receive
When a packet is received on an L2TP IP socket (L2TPv3 IP link
encapsulation), the l2tpip socket's backlog_rcv function calls
xfrm4_policy_check(). This is not necessary, since it was called
before the skb was added to the backlog. With CONFIG_NET_NS enabled,
xfrm4_policy_check() will oops if skb->dev is null, so this trivial
patch removes the call.

This bug has always been present, but only when CONFIG_NET_NS is
enabled does it cause problems. Most users are probably using UDP
encapsulation for L2TP, hence the problem has only recently
surfaced.

EIP: 0060:[<c12bb62b>] EFLAGS: 00210246 CPU: 0
EIP is at l2tp_ip_recvmsg+0xd4/0x2a7
EAX: 00000001 EBX: d77b5180 ECX: 00000000 EDX: 00200246
ESI: 00000000 EDI: d63cbd30 EBP: d63cbd18 ESP: d63cbcf4
 DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 00e0 SS: 0068
Call Trace:
 [<c1218568>] sock_common_recvmsg+0x31/0x46
 [<c1215c92>] __sock_recvmsg_nosec+0x45/0x4d
 [<c12163a1>] __sock_recvmsg+0x31/0x3b
 [<c1216828>] sock_recvmsg+0x96/0xab
 [<c10b2693>] ? might_fault+0x47/0x81
 [<c10b2693>] ? might_fault+0x47/0x81
 [<c1167fd0>] ? _copy_from_user+0x31/0x115
 [<c121e8c8>] ? copy_from_user+0x8/0xa
 [<c121ebd6>] ? verify_iovec+0x3e/0x78
 [<c1216604>] __sys_recvmsg+0x10a/0x1aa
 [<c1216792>] ? sock_recvmsg+0x0/0xab
 [<c105a99b>] ? __lock_acquire+0xbdf/0xbee
 [<c12d5a99>] ? do_page_fault+0x193/0x375
 [<c10d1200>] ? fcheck_files+0x9b/0xca
 [<c10d1259>] ? fget_light+0x2a/0x9c
 [<c1216bbb>] sys_recvmsg+0x2b/0x43
 [<c1218145>] sys_socketcall+0x16d/0x1a5
 [<c11679f0>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_thunk+0xc/0x10
 [<c100305f>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x38
Code: c6 05 8c ea a8 c1 01 e8 0c d4 d9 ff 85 f6 74 07 3e ff 86 80 00 00 00 b9 17 b6 2b c1 ba 01 00 00 00 b8 78 ed 48 c1 e8 23 f6 d9 ff <ff> 76 0c 68 28 e3 30 c1 68 2d 44 41 c1 e8 89 57 01 00 83 c4 0c

Signed-off-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-25 21:45:00 -05:00
David S. Miller c54a457001 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2012-01-24 22:57:24 -05:00
Eric W. Biederman 60a47a2e82 sysctl: Modify __register_sysctl_paths to take a set instead of a root and an nsproxy
An nsproxy argument here has always been awkard and now the nsproxy argument
is completely unnecessary so remove it, replacing it with the set we want
the registered tables to show up in.

Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-01-24 16:40:30 -08:00
Eric W. Biederman 9eb47c26f0 sysctl: Add a root pointer to ctl_table_set
Add a ctl_table_root pointer to ctl_table set so it is easy to
go from a ctl_table_set to a ctl_table_root.

Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-01-24 16:40:29 -08:00
Eric W. Biederman bd295b56cf sysctl: Remove the unnecessary sysctl_set parent concept.
In sysctl_net register the two networking roots in the proper order.

In register_sysctl walk the sysctl sets in the reverse order of the
sysctl roots.

Remove parent from ctl_table_set and setup_sysctl_set as it is no
longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-01-24 16:37:55 -08:00
Eric W. Biederman 97324cd804 sysctl: Implement retire_sysctl_set
This adds a small helper retire_sysctl_set to remove the intimate knowledge about
the how a sysctl_set is implemented from net/sysct_net.c

Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-01-24 16:37:55 -08:00
Eric W. Biederman de4e83bd6b sysctl: Register the base sysctl table like any other sysctl table.
Simplify the code by treating the base sysctl table like any other
sysctl table and register it with register_sysctl_table.

To ensure this table is registered early enough to avoid problems
call sysctl_init from proc_sys_init.

Rename sysctl_net.c:sysctl_init() to net_sysctl_init() to avoid
name conflicts now that kernel/sysctl.c:sysctl_init() is no longer
static.

Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2012-01-24 16:37:54 -08:00
David S. Miller 61d57f87f3 ip_gre: Fix bug added to ipgre_tunnel_xmit().
We can remove the rt_gateway == 0 check but we shouldn't
remove the 'dst' initialization too.

Noticed by Eric Dumazet.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-24 18:23:30 -05:00
David S. Miller 658c8d964e ipip: Fix bug added to ipip_tunnel_xmit().
We can remove the rt_gateway == 0 check but we shouldn't
remove the 'dst' initialization too.

Noticed by Eric Dumazet.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-24 18:18:05 -05:00
David S. Miller 496053f488 ipv4: Remove bogus checks of rt_gateway being zero.
It can never actually happen.  rt_gateway is either the fully resolved
flow lookup key's destination address, or the non-zero FIB entry gateway
address.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-24 18:08:46 -05:00
David S. Miller efc3dbc374 rds: Make rds_sock_lock BH rather than IRQ safe.
rds_sock_info() triggers locking warnings because we try to perform a
local_bh_enable() (via sock_i_ino()) while hardware interrupts are
disabled (via taking rds_sock_lock).

There is no reason for rds_sock_lock to be a hardware IRQ disabling
lock, none of these access paths run in hardware interrupt context.

Therefore making it a BH disabling lock is safe and sufficient to
fix this bug.

Reported-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumaras@chelsio.com>
Reported-by: Josh Boyer <jwboyer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-24 17:03:44 -05:00
Jesper Dangaard Brouer c452ed7077 net: flow_dissector.c missing include linux/export.h
The file net/core/flow_dissector.c seems to be missing
including linux/export.h.

Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-24 16:03:33 -05:00
Radu Iliescu 56ac11cf2f llc: Fix race condition in llc_ui_recvmsg
There is a race on sk_receive_queue between llc_ui_recvmsg and
sock_queue_rcv_skb.

Our current solution is to protect skb_eat in llc_ui_recvmsg
with the queue spinlock.

Signed-off-by: Radu Iliescu <riliescu@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-24 15:33:19 -05:00
Eliad Peller 405385f8ce mac80211: set bss_conf.idle when vif is connected
__ieee80211_recalc_idle() iterates through the vifs,
sets bss_conf.idle = true if they are disconnected,
and increases "count" if they are not (which later
gets evaluated in order to determine whether the
device is idle).

However, the loop doesn't set bss_conf.idle = false
(along with increasing "count"), causing the device
idle state and the vif idle state to get out of sync
in some cases.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:47:09 -05:00
Eliad Peller ba1960257c mac80211: update oper_channel on ibss join
Commit 13c40c5 ("mac80211: Add HT operation modes for IBSS") broke
ibss operation by mistakenly removing the local->oper_channel
update (causing ibss to start on the wrong channel). fix it.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:47:09 -05:00
Ilan Elias 019c4fbaa7 NFC: Add NCI multiple targets support
Add the ability to select between multiple targets in NCI.
If only one target is found, it will be auto-activated.
If more than one target is found, then DISCOVER_NTF will be
generated for each target, and the host should select one by
calling DISCOVER_SELECT_CMD. Then, the target will be activated.
If the activation fails, GENERIC_ERROR_NTF is generated.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:32:29 -05:00
Ilan Elias 25a1d9dc85 NFC: NFC core layer should not set the target_idx
The NFC core layer should not set the target_idx.
Instead, the driver layer (e.g. NCI, PN533) should set the
target_idx, so that it will be able to identify the target
when its I/F (e.g. activate_target) is called.
This is required in order to support multiple targets.
Note that currently supported drivers (PN533 and NCI) don't
use the target_idx in their implementation.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:32:28 -05:00
Ilan Elias 8939e47fc9 NFC: Clearly separate NCI states from flags
Make a clear separation between NCI states and flags.
This is required in order to support more NCI states (e.g.
for multiple targets support).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:32:28 -05:00
Antonio Quartulli 6d810f1032 mac80211: in IBSS use the Auth frame to trigger STA reinsertion
In case of a node re-joining the cell the sta_info structure belonging to it is
first destroyed and then reinserted. In this way its internal state is reset.

The joining operation is recognised thank the Auth frame being received.

This operation is helpful in case of a node being rebooted that is joining the
ad-hoc cell again, before its purge timeout on other nodes expires.

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:32:27 -05:00
Antonio Quartulli 24dd0dd74e mac80211: add a 2-way Authentication challenge to IBSS mode
In IBSS mode, whenever a new station is added a 2-way authentication challenge
is performed. Actually this event can be used to recognise a new station joining
the cell even if its sta_info entry is already in the list.

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:32:26 -05:00
Ilan Elias c4bf98b220 NFC: Add NCI data exchange timer
Add NCI data exchange timer to catch timeouts,
and call the data exchange callback with an error.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:21:55 -05:00
Johannes Berg 889cbb911a mac80211: clean up rate control code
It seems exceedingly unlikely that we'll ever
support swapping rate control algorithms at
runtime, so remove the unused refcounting code.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:21:55 -05:00
Johannes Berg 151a02f693 mac80211: clean up aggregation destruction
Yogesh's patch to destroy aggregation sessions when
stations are destroyed was needed, but unnecessarily
complex. Clean up this code.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:21:15 -05:00
Ilan Elias d5a2ca60e4 NFC: Export new attributes sensb_res and sensf_res
Export new attributes sensb_res for tech B and sensf_res
for tech F in the target info (returned as a response to
NFC_CMD_GET_TARGET).
The max size of the attributes nfcid1, sensb_res and sensf_res
is exported to user space though include/linux/nfc.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:21:15 -05:00
Antonio Quartulli f1249700f5 mac80211: remove useless DA checking in ieee80211_rx_mgmt_probe_resp()
Actually the DA field has already been checked along the rx path (in
prepare_for_handlers()) and this check is therefore useless at this point.

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:21:12 -05:00
Hong Wu a48b13ac81 mac80211: Fix the maximum transmit power with power constraint
The local maximum transmit power for a channel is defined as the maximum
regulatory transmission power minus the local power constraint specified
for the channel in the Power Constraint element. (7.3.2.15 IEEE80211 2007)

Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:21:11 -05:00
Hong Wu eccc068e8e wireless: Save original maximum regulatory transmission power for the calucation of the local maximum transmit power
The local maximum transmit power is the maximum power a wireless device
allowed to transmit. If Power Constraint is presented, the local maximum
power equals to the maximum allowed power defined in regulatory domain
minus power constraint.

The maximum transmit power is maximum power a wireless device capable of
transmitting, and should be used in Power Capability element (7.3.2.16
IEEE802.11 2007).

The transmit power from a wireless device should not greater than the
local maximum transmit power.

The maximum transmit power was not calculated correctly in the current
Linux wireless/mac80211 when Power Constraint is presented.

Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:16:54 -05:00
Antonio Quartulli efa6a09db6 mac80211: In IBSS the DA field of auth frames is different from BSSID
In case of authentication frame exchange between two IBSS STAs, the
DA field must contain the destinatioin address (instead of the BSSID).

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:08:39 -05:00
Johannes Berg e9980e6d20 mac80211: refactor __ieee80211_get_channel_mode
Use a switch statement instead of a list of if
statements. Also include AP_VLAN in the list
and skip them since the AP interface will also
be looked at.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:08:39 -05:00
Ilan Elias bd7e01bc7e NFC: Complete NCI deactivate in deactivate_ntf
If a target was active, complete the NCI deactivate request
only in deactivate_ntf. Otherwise, complete it at deactivate_rsp.
Deactivate_ntf represents the actual disconnection event (sent from
the NCI controller).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:08:38 -05:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan 39d02a7d90 mac80211: minor cleanup
we would have bailed out if 'ifibss->fixed_channel'
is valid i.e. we had used 'fixed-freq' parameter in iw ibss
join command. this is with the state 'IEEE80211_IBSS_MLME_JOINED'
so no need to check for it

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:08:36 -05:00
Eliad Peller 35b8862369 mac80211: check sta_apply_parameters() return value
Bail out if sta_apply_parameters() returns an error.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-24 14:06:04 -05:00
Trond Myklebust 875ad3f8e7 SUNRPC: Fix machine creds in generic_create_cred and generic_match
- generic_create_cred needs to copy the '.principal' field.
- generic_match needs to ignore the groups and match on the '.principal'
  field.

This fixes an Oops that was introduced by commit 68c9715 (SUNRPC:
Clean up the RPCSEC_GSS service ticket requests)

Reported-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-01-23 14:03:46 -08:00
Michał Mirosław f80400a26a ethtool: allow ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO for users
Allow ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO ethtool ioctl() for unprivileged users.
ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS is already allowed, but is unusable without this one.

Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-22 23:41:05 -05:00
David S. Miller b1cc16b8e6 bluetooth: hci: Fix type of "enable_hs" to bool.
Fixes:

net/bluetooth/hci_core.c: In function ‘__check_enable_hs’:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c:2587:1: warning: return from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-22 15:08:46 -05:00
Glauber Costa 0e90b31f4b net: introduce res_counter_charge_nofail() for socket allocations
There is a case in __sk_mem_schedule(), where an allocation
is beyond the maximum, but yet we are allowed to proceed.
It happens under the following condition:

	sk->sk_wmem_queued + size >= sk->sk_sndbuf

The network code won't revert the allocation in this case,
meaning that at some point later it'll try to do it. Since
this is never communicated to the underlying res_counter
code, there is an inbalance in res_counter uncharge operation.

I see two ways of fixing this:

1) storing the information about those allocations somewhere
   in memcg, and then deducting from that first, before
   we start draining the res_counter,
2) providing a slightly different allocation function for
   the res_counter, that matches the original behavior of
   the network code more closely.

I decided to go for #2 here, believing it to be more elegant,
since #1 would require us to do basically that, but in a more
obscure way.

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
CC: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
CC: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-22 15:08:46 -05:00
shawnlu 8a622e71f5 tcp: md5: using remote adress for md5 lookup in rst packet
md5 key is added in socket through remote address.
remote address should be used in finding md5 key when
sending out reset packet.

Signed-off-by: shawnlu <shawn.lu@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-22 15:08:45 -05:00
Paul Gortmaker bf0813bd28 pktgen: Fix unsigned function that is returning negative vals
Every call to num_args() immediately checks the return value for
less than zero, as it will return -EFAULT for a failed get_user()
call.  So it makes no sense for the function to be declared as an
unsigned long.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-22 15:08:44 -05:00
Yuchung Cheng 974c12360d tcp: detect loss above high_seq in recovery
Correctly implement a loss detection heuristic: New sequences (above
high_seq) sent during the fast recovery are deemed lost when higher
sequences are SACKed.

Current code does not catch these losses, because tcp_mark_head_lost()
does not check packets beyond high_seq. The fix is straight-forward by
checking packets until the highest sacked packet. In addition, all the
FLAG_DATA_LOST logic are in-effective and redundant and can be removed.

Update the loss heuristic comments. The algorithm above is documented
as heuristic B, but it is redundant too because heuristic A already
covers B.

Note that this change only marks some forward-retransmitted packets LOST.
It does NOT forbid TCP performing further CWR on new losses. A potential
follow-up patch under preparation is to perform another CWR on "new"
losses such as
1) sequence above high_seq is lost (by resetting high_seq to snd_nxt)
2) retransmission is lost.

Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-22 15:08:44 -05:00
Vijay Subramanian a42b4799c6 netem: Fix off-by-one bug in reordering
With netem reordering, a gap of N is supposed to reorder every Nth packet with
given reorder probability.  However, the code currently skips N packets and
reorders every (N+1)th packet.

Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-22 15:08:44 -05:00
Neal Cardwell 5a45f0086a tcp: fix undo after RTO for CUBIC
This patch fixes CUBIC so that cwnd reductions made during RTOs can be
undone (just as they already can be undone when using the default/Reno
behavior).

When undoing cwnd reductions, BIC-derived congestion control modules
were restoring the cwnd from last_max_cwnd. There were two problems
with using last_max_cwnd to restore a cwnd during undo:

(a) last_max_cwnd was set to 0 on state transitions into TCP_CA_Loss
(by calling the module's reset() functions), so cwnd reductions from
RTOs could not be undone.

(b) when fast_covergence is enabled (which it is by default)
last_max_cwnd does not actually hold the value of snd_cwnd before the
loss; instead, it holds a scaled-down version of snd_cwnd.

This patch makes the following changes:

(1) upon undo, revert snd_cwnd to ca->loss_cwnd, which is already, as
the existing comment notes, the "congestion window at last loss"

(2) stop forgetting ca->loss_cwnd on TCP_CA_Loss events

(3) use ca->last_max_cwnd to check if we're in slow start

Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Sangtae Ha <sangtae.ha@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-20 14:17:26 -05:00
Neal Cardwell fc16dcd8c2 tcp: fix undo after RTO for BIC
This patch fixes BIC so that cwnd reductions made during RTOs can be
undone (just as they already can be undone when using the default/Reno
behavior).

When undoing cwnd reductions, BIC-derived congestion control modules
were restoring the cwnd from last_max_cwnd. There were two problems
with using last_max_cwnd to restore a cwnd during undo:

(a) last_max_cwnd was set to 0 on state transitions into TCP_CA_Loss
(by calling the module's reset() functions), so cwnd reductions from
RTOs could not be undone.

(b) when fast_covergence is enabled (which it is by default)
last_max_cwnd does not actually hold the value of snd_cwnd before the
loss; instead, it holds a scaled-down version of snd_cwnd.

This patch makes the following changes:

(1) upon undo, revert snd_cwnd to ca->loss_cwnd, which is already, as
the existing comment notes, the "congestion window at last loss"

(2) stop forgetting ca->loss_cwnd on TCP_CA_Loss events

(3) use ca->last_max_cwnd to check if we're in slow start

Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-20 14:17:26 -05:00
David Howells 700920eb5b KEYS: Allow special keyrings to be cleared
The kernel contains some special internal keyrings, for instance the DNS
resolver keyring :

2a93faf1 I-----     1 perm 1f030000     0     0 keyring   .dns_resolver: empty

It would occasionally be useful to allow the contents of such keyrings to be
flushed by root (cache invalidation).

Allow a flag to be set on a keyring to mark that someone possessing the
sysadmin capability can clear the keyring, even without normal write access to
the keyring.

Set this flag on the special keyrings created by the DNS resolver, the NFS
identity mapper and the CIFS identity mapper.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
2012-01-19 14:38:51 +11:00
Francesco Ruggeri 013d97e9da net: race condition in ipv6 forwarding and disable_ipv6 parameters
There is a race condition in addrconf_sysctl_forward() and
addrconf_sysctl_disable().
These functions change idev->cnf.forwarding (resp. idev->cnf.disable_ipv6)
and then try to grab the rtnl lock before performing any actions.
If that fails they restore the original value and restart the syscall.
This creates race conditions if ipv6 code tries to access
these parameters, or if multiple instances try to do the same operation.
As an example of the former, if __ipv6_ifa_notify() finds a 0 in
idev->cnf.forwarding when invoked by addrconf_ifdown() it may not free
anycast addresses, ultimately resulting in the net_device not being freed.
This patch reads the user parameters into a temporary location and only
writes the actual parameters when the rtnl lock is acquired.
Tested in 2.6.38.8.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-18 16:38:34 -05:00
David S. Miller 1c659a4475 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless 2012-01-18 15:59:32 -05:00
Johannes Berg bc4934bc61 mac80211: fix work removal on deauth request
When deauth is requested while an auth or assoc
work item is in progress, we currently delete it
without regard for any state it might need to
clean up. Fix it by cleaning up for those items.

In the case Pontus found, the problem manifested
itself as such:

authenticate with 00:23:69:aa:dd:7b (try 1)
authenticated
failed to insert Dummy STA entry for the AP (error -17)
deauthenticating from 00:23:69:aa:dd:7b by local choice (reason=2)

It could also happen differently if the driver
uses the tx_sync callback.

We can't just call the ->done() method of the work
items because that will lock up due to the locking
in cfg80211. This fix isn't very clean, but that
seems acceptable since I have patches pending to
remove this code completely.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-18 14:38:06 -05:00
Javier Cardona 65e8b0ccb6 mac80211: Use the right headroom size for mesh mgmt frames
Use local->tx_headroom instad of local->hw.extra_tx_headroom.
local->tx_headroom is the max of hw.extra_tx_headroom required by the
driver and the headroom required by mac80211 for status reporting.  On
drivers where hw.extra_tx_headroom is smaller than what mac80211
requires (e.g. ath5k), we would not reserve sufficient buffer space to
report tx status.

Also, don't reserve local->tx_headroom + local->hw.extra_tx_headroom.

Reported-by: Simon Morgenthaler <s.morgenthaler@students.unibe.ch>
Reported-by: Kai Scharwies <kai@scharwies.de>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-18 14:38:06 -05:00
Johannes Berg 9446f3efc5 mac80211: fix debugfs key->station symlink
Since stations moved into a virtual interface
subdirectory, this link has been broken. Fix it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-18 14:38:05 -05:00
Linus Torvalds ccb19d263f Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (47 commits)
  tg3: Fix single-vector MSI-X code
  openvswitch: Fix multipart datapath dumps.
  ipv6: fix per device IP snmp counters
  inetpeer: initialize ->redirect_genid in inet_getpeer()
  net: fix NULL-deref in WARN() in skb_gso_segment()
  net: WARN if skb_checksum_help() is called on skb requiring segmentation
  caif: Remove bad WARN_ON in caif_dev
  caif: Fix typo in Vendor/Product-ID for CAIF modems
  bnx2x: Disable AN KR work-around for BCM57810
  bnx2x: Remove AutoGrEEEn for BCM84833
  bnx2x: Remove 100Mb force speed for BCM84833
  bnx2x: Fix PFC setting on BCM57840
  bnx2x: Fix Super-Isolate mode for BCM84833
  net: fix some sparse errors
  net: kill duplicate included header
  net: sh-eth: Fix build error by the value which is not defined
  net: Use device model to get driver name in skb_gso_segment()
  bridge: BH already disabled in br_fdb_cleanup()
  net: move sock_update_memcg outside of CONFIG_INET
  mwl8k: Fixing Sparse ENDIAN CHECK warning
  ...
2012-01-17 22:26:41 -08:00
Ben Pfaff 77676fdbd5 openvswitch: Fix multipart datapath dumps.
The logic to split up the list of datapaths into multiple Netlink messages
was simply wrong, causing the list to be terminated after the first part.
Only about the first 50 datapaths would be dumped.  This fixes the
problem.

Reported-by: Paul Ingram <paul@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Pfaff <blp@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 23:56:19 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 766e9f1be1 ipv6: fix per device IP snmp counters
In commit 4ce3c183fc (snmp: 64bit ipstats_mib for all arches), I forgot
to change the /proc/net/dev_snmp6/xxx output for IP counters.

percpu array is 64bit per counter but the folding still used the 'long'
variant, and output garbage on 32bit arches.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 23:56:18 -05:00
Dan Carpenter 10ec1bb7e9 inetpeer: initialize ->redirect_genid in inet_getpeer()
kmemcheck complains that ->redirect_genid doesn't get initialized.
Presumably it should be set to zero.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 15:52:12 -05:00
Michał Mirosław 65e9d2faab net: fix NULL-deref in WARN() in skb_gso_segment()
Bug was introduced in commit c8f44affb7.

Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 15:51:23 -05:00
Ben Hutchings 36c9247449 net: WARN if skb_checksum_help() is called on skb requiring segmentation
skb_checksum_help() has never done anything useful with skbs that
require segmentation.  Setting skb->ip_summed = CHECKSUM_NONE makes
them invalid and provokes a later WARNing in skb_gso_segment().

Passing such an skb to skb_checksum_help() indicates a bug, so we
should warn about it immediately.  Move the warning from
skb_gso_segment() into a shared function, and add gso_type and
gso_size to it.

Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 15:49:03 -05:00
David S. Miller 4144cb2ade Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless 2012-01-17 12:11:52 -05:00
sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com 59f608d84f caif: Remove bad WARN_ON in caif_dev
Remove WARN_ON and bad handling of SKB without destructor callback
in caif_flow_cb. SKB without destructor cannot be handled as an
error case.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 10:46:55 -05:00
sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com 3371bb3f7e caif: Fix typo in Vendor/Product-ID for CAIF modems
Fix typo for the Vendor/Product Id for ST-Ericsson CAIF modems.
Discovery is based on fixed USB vendor 0x04cc (ST-Ericsson),
product-id 0x230f (NCM).

Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 10:46:55 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 747465ef7a net: fix some sparse errors
make C=2 CF="-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__" M=net

And fix flowi4_init_output() prototype for sport

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 10:31:12 -05:00
Shan Wei 2b2d465631 net: kill duplicate included header
For net part, remove duplicate included header.

Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <davidshan@tencent.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 10:31:12 -05:00
Ben Hutchings e52ac3398c net: Use device model to get driver name in skb_gso_segment()
ethtool operations generally require the caller to hold RTNL and are
not safe to call in atomic context.  The device model provides this
information for most devices; we'll only lose it for some old ISA
drivers.

Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 10:31:12 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 27a429383b bridge: BH already disabled in br_fdb_cleanup()
br_fdb_cleanup() is run from timer interrupt, BH already masked.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Štefan Gula <steweg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 10:17:32 -05:00
Helmut Schaa 544204733a mac80211: Fix possible race between sta_unblock and network softirq
All other code paths in sta_unblock synchronize with the network
softirq by using local_bh_disable/enable. Do the same around
ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-17 10:12:27 -05:00
Devendra Naga 8d9d399f14 net: remove version.h includes in net/openvswitch/
remove version.h includes in net/openswitch/ as reported by make versioncheck.

Signed-off-by: Devendra Naga <devendra.aaru@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 10:07:58 -05:00
Hiroaki SHIMODA 795d9a2538 bql: Fix inconsistency between file mode and attr method.
There is no store() method for inflight attribute in the
tx-<n>/byte_queue_limits sysfs directory.
So remove S_IWUSR bit.

Signed-off-by: Hiroaki SHIMODA <shimoda.hiroaki@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-17 10:05:55 -05:00
Jozsef Kadlecsik be94db9dda netfilter: ipset: dumping error triggered removing references twice
If there was a dumping error in the middle, the set-specific variable was
not zeroed out and thus the 'done' function of the dumping wrongly tried
to release the already released reference of the set. The already released
reference was caught by __ip_set_put and triggered a kernel BUG message.
Reported by Jean-Philippe Menil.

Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-01-17 10:52:55 +01:00
Jozsef Kadlecsik 088067f4f1 netfilter: ipset: autoload set type modules safely
Jan Engelhardt noticed when userspace requests a set type unknown
to the kernel, it can lead to a loop due to the unsafe type module
loading. The issue is fixed in this patch.

Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-01-17 10:52:46 +01:00
Yoni Divinsky d32a102819 mac80211: fix tx->skb NULL pointer dereference
In function ieee80211_tx_h_encrypt the var info was
initialized from tx->skb, since the fucntion
is called after the function ieee80211_tx_h_fragment
tx->skb is not valid anymore.

Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-16 15:01:16 -05:00
Jesper Juhl 74b8cc3d59 Net, mac80211: Fix resource leak in ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding()
We may leak the 'fwd_skb' we skb_copy() in ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() if
we take the 'else' branch in the 'if' statement just below. If we take
that branch we'll end up returning from the function and since we've not
assigned 'fwd_skb' to anything at that point, we leak it when the variable
goes out of scope.

The simple fix seems to be to just kfree_skb(fwd_skb); just before we
return. That is what this patch does.

Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-16 15:01:15 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 9bf04646b0 netfilter: revert user-space expectation helper support
This patch partially reverts:
3d058d7 netfilter: rework user-space expectation helper support
that was applied during the 3.2 development cycle.

After this patch, the tree remains just like before patch bc01bef,
that initially added the preliminary infrastructure.

I decided to partially revert this patch because the approach
that I proposed to resolve this problem is broken in NAT setups.
Moreover, a new infrastructure will be submitted for the 3.3.x
development cycle that resolve the existing issues while
providing a neat solution.

Since nobody has been seriously using this infrastructure in
user-space, the removal of this feature should affect any know
FOSS project (to my knowledge).

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-01-16 14:01:23 +01:00
Stephen Rothwell 412662d204 netfilter: xt_hashlimit: fix unused variable warning if IPv6 disabled
Fixes this warning when CONFIG_IP6_NF_IPTABLES is not enabled:

net/netfilter/xt_hashlimit.c: In function ‘hashlimit_init_dst’:
net/netfilter/xt_hashlimit.c:448:9: warning: unused variable ‘frag_off’ [-Wunused-variable]

Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-01-16 13:40:54 +01:00
Linus Torvalds c49c41a413 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://selinuxproject.org/~jmorris/linux-security
* 'for-linus' of git://selinuxproject.org/~jmorris/linux-security:
  capabilities: remove __cap_full_set definition
  security: remove the security_netlink_recv hook as it is equivalent to capable()
  ptrace: do not audit capability check when outputing /proc/pid/stat
  capabilities: remove task_ns_* functions
  capabitlies: ns_capable can use the cap helpers rather than lsm call
  capabilities: style only - move capable below ns_capable
  capabilites: introduce new has_ns_capabilities_noaudit
  capabilities: call has_ns_capability from has_capability
  capabilities: remove all _real_ interfaces
  capabilities: introduce security_capable_noaudit
  capabilities: reverse arguments to security_capable
  capabilities: remove the task from capable LSM hook entirely
  selinux: sparse fix: fix several warnings in the security server cod
  selinux: sparse fix: fix warnings in netlink code
  selinux: sparse fix: eliminate warnings for selinuxfs
  selinux: sparse fix: declare selinux_disable() in security.h
  selinux: sparse fix: move selinux_complete_init
  selinux: sparse fix: make selinux_secmark_refcount static
  SELinux: Fix RCU deref check warning in sel_netport_insert()

Manually fix up a semantic mis-merge wrt security_netlink_recv():

 - the interface was removed in commit fd77846152 ("security: remove
   the security_netlink_recv hook as it is equivalent to capable()")

 - a new user of it appeared in commit a38f7907b9 ("crypto: Add
   userspace configuration API")

causing no automatic merge conflict, but Eric Paris pointed out the
issue.
2012-01-14 18:36:33 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 0b48d42235 Merge branch 'for-3.3' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux
* 'for-3.3' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (31 commits)
  nfsd4: nfsd4_create_clid_dir return value is unused
  NFSD: Change name of extended attribute containing junction
  svcrpc: don't revert to SVC_POOL_DEFAULT on nfsd shutdown
  svcrpc: fix double-free on shutdown of nfsd after changing pool mode
  nfsd4: be forgiving in the absence of the recovery directory
  nfsd4: fix spurious 4.1 post-reboot failures
  NFSD: forget_delegations should use list_for_each_entry_safe
  NFSD: Only reinitilize the recall_lru list under the recall lock
  nfsd4: initialize special stateid's at compile time
  NFSd: use network-namespace-aware cache registering routines
  SUNRPC: create svc_xprt in proper network namespace
  svcrpc: update outdated BKL comment
  nfsd41: allow non-reclaim open-by-fh's in 4.1
  svcrpc: avoid memory-corruption on pool shutdown
  svcrpc: destroy server sockets all at once
  svcrpc: make svc_delete_xprt static
  nfsd: Fix oops when parsing a 0 length export
  nfsd4: Use kmemdup rather than duplicating its implementation
  nfsd4: add a separate (lockowner, inode) lookup
  nfsd4: fix CONFIG_NFSD_FAULT_INJECTION compile error
  ...
2012-01-14 12:26:41 -08:00
Johannes Berg 543d1b92d5 mac80211: fix no-op authorized transitions
When userspace attempts to authorize a station
that is already authorized, nothing happens as
you'd expect. Similarly, when it unauthorizes
a station that is associated, nothing happens.

However, when it unauthorizes a station that
isn't even associated yet, we erroneously try
to move the station to associated. This seems
to happen occasionally as a result of a race
when wpa_supplicant attempts to unauthorize
the port in managed mode. Particularly with my
new patches to keep stations, it can then move
a station into ASSOCIATED state before we have
really associated, which is really confusing.

I introduced this bug in
"mac80211: refactor station state transitions"

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-13 14:40:58 -05:00
Linus Torvalds 1a52bb0b68 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
  ceph: ensure prealloc_blob is in place when removing xattr
  rbd: initialize snap_rwsem in rbd_add()
  ceph: enable/disable dentry complete flags via mount option
  vfs: export symbol d_find_any_alias()
  ceph: always initialize the dentry in open_root_dentry()
  libceph: remove useless return value for osd_client __send_request()
  ceph: avoid iput() while holding spinlock in ceph_dir_fsync
  ceph: avoid useless dget/dput in encode_fh
  ceph: dereference pointer after checking for NULL
  crush: fix force for non-root TAKE
  ceph: remove unnecessary d_fsdata conditional checks
  ceph: Use kmemdup rather than duplicating its implementation

Fix up conflicts in fs/ceph/super.c (d_alloc_root() failure handling vs
always initialize the dentry in open_root_dentry)
2012-01-13 10:29:21 -08:00
RongQing.Li 252c3d84ed ipv6: release idev when ip6_neigh_lookup failed in icmp6_dst_alloc
release idev when ip6_neigh_lookup failed in icmp6_dst_alloc

Signed-off-by: RongQing.Li <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-13 10:10:46 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 7c17d86a85 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (69 commits)
  pptp: Accept packet with seq zero
  RDS: Remove some unused iWARP code
  net: fsl: fec: handle 10Mbps speed in RMII mode
  drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_platform.c: add missing iounmap
  drivers/net/ethernet/tundra/tsi108_eth.c: add missing iounmap
  ksz884x: fix mtu for VLAN
  net_sched: sfq: add optional RED on top of SFQ
  dp83640: Fix NOHZ local_softirq_pending 08 warning
  gianfar: Fix invalid TX frames returned on error queue when time stamping
  gianfar: Fix missing sock reference when processing TX time stamps
  phylib: introduce mdiobus_alloc_size()
  net: decrement memcg jump label when limit, not usage, is changed
  net: reintroduce missing rcu_assign_pointer() calls
  inet_diag: Rename inet_diag_req_compat into inet_diag_req
  inet_diag: Rename inet_diag_req into inet_diag_req_v2
  bond_alb: don't disable softirq under bond_alb_xmit
  mac80211: fix rx->key NULL pointer dereference in promiscuous mode
  nl80211: fix old station flags compatibility
  mdio-octeon: use an unique MDIO bus name.
  mdio-gpio: use an unique MDIO bus name.
  ...
2012-01-12 20:30:02 -08:00
Roland Dreier 5b7bf42e3d RDS: Remove some unused iWARP code
rds_iw_flush_goal() just returns a count, but it is only called in one
place and its return value is ignored there.  So delete all the dead code.

Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-12 20:05:28 -08:00
Eric Dumazet ddecf0f4db net_sched: sfq: add optional RED on top of SFQ
Adds an optional Random Early Detection on each SFQ flow queue.

Traditional SFQ limits count of packets, while RED permits to also
control number of bytes per flow, and adds ECN capability as well.

1) We dont handle the idle time management in this RED implementation,
since each 'new flow' begins with a null qavg. We really want to address
backlogged flows.

2) if headdrop is selected, we try to ecn mark first packet instead of
currently enqueued packet. This gives faster feedback for tcp flows
compared to traditional RED [ marking the last packet in queue ]

Example of use :

tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 4sec sfq \
	limit 3000 headdrop flows 512 divisor 16384 \
	redflowlimit 100000 min 8000 max 60000 probability 0.20 ecn

qdisc sfq 10: parent 1:1 limit 3000p quantum 1514b depth 127 headdrop
flows 512/16384 divisor 16384
 ewma 6 min 8000b max 60000b probability 0.2 ecn
 prob_mark 0 prob_mark_head 4876 prob_drop 6131
 forced_mark 0 forced_mark_head 0 forced_drop 0
 Sent 1175211782 bytes 777537 pkt (dropped 6131, overlimits 11007
requeues 0)
 rate 99483Kbit 8219pps backlog 689392b 456p requeues 0

In this test, with 64 netperf TCP_STREAM sessions, 50% using ECN enabled
flows, we can see number of packets CE marked is smaller than number of
drops (for non ECN flows)

If same test is run, without RED, we can check backlog is much bigger.

qdisc sfq 10: parent 1:1 limit 3000p quantum 1514b depth 127 headdrop
flows 512/16384 divisor 16384
 Sent 1148683617 bytes 795006 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 rate 98429Kbit 8521pps backlog 1221290b 841p requeues 0

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-12 20:05:28 -08:00
Glauber Costa 1398eee082 net: decrement memcg jump label when limit, not usage, is changed
The logic of the current code is that whenever we destroy
a cgroup that had its limit set (set meaning different than
maximum), we should decrement the jump_label counter.
Otherwise we assume it was never incremented.

But what the code actually does is test for RES_USAGE
instead of RES_LIMIT. Usage being different than maximum
is likely to be true most of the time.

The effect of this is that the key must become negative,
and since the jump_label test says:

        !!atomic_read(&key->enabled);

we'll have jump_labels still on when no one else is
using this functionality.

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-12 12:27:59 -08:00
Eric Dumazet cf778b00e9 net: reintroduce missing rcu_assign_pointer() calls
commit a9b3cd7f32 (rcu: convert uses of rcu_assign_pointer(x, NULL) to
RCU_INIT_POINTER) did a lot of incorrect changes, since it did a
complete conversion of rcu_assign_pointer(x, y) to RCU_INIT_POINTER(x,
y).

We miss needed barriers, even on x86, when y is not NULL.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-12 12:26:56 -08:00
David S. Miller 9ee6045f09 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless 2012-01-12 12:10:00 -08:00
Rusty Russell f96fde41f7 virtio: rename virtqueue_add_buf_gfp to virtqueue_add_buf
Remove wrapper functions. This makes the allocation type explicit in
all callers; I used GPF_KERNEL where it seemed obvious, left it at
GFP_ATOMIC otherwise.

Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
2012-01-12 15:44:42 +10:30
Pavel Emelyanov 3b09c84cb6 inet_diag: Rename inet_diag_req_compat into inet_diag_req
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-11 12:56:06 -08:00
Pavel Emelyanov c8991362a0 inet_diag: Rename inet_diag_req into inet_diag_req_v2
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-11 12:56:06 -08:00
Stanislaw Gruszka 1140afa862 mac80211: fix rx->key NULL pointer dereference in promiscuous mode
Since:

commit 816c04fe7e
Author: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Date:   Sat Apr 30 15:24:30 2011 +0200

    mac80211: consolidate MIC failure report handling

is possible to that we dereference rx->key == NULL when driver set
RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED and not RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED and we are in
promiscuous mode. This happen with rt73usb and rt61pci at least.

Before the commit we always check rx->key against NULL, so I assume
fix should be done in mac80211 (also mic_fail path has similar check).

References:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=769766
http://rt2x00.serialmonkey.com/pipermail/users_rt2x00.serialmonkey.com/2012-January/004395.html

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.0+
Reported-by: Stuart D Gathman <stuart@gathman.org>
Reported-by: Kai Wohlfahrt <kai.scorpio@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-11 15:14:50 -05:00
Johannes Berg bdd3ae3d1e nl80211: fix old station flags compatibility
My patch to validate station flags broke compatibility
with the old station flags setting where all flags are
always set at once since it always set the mask as all
possible flags which ended up being rejected later in
the station add/modify code.

Fix by parsing only the current flags in the old flags
attribute -- new applications and new flags should use
(and will now require) the new flags attribute where
the mask is given by the application.

Reported-and-tested-by: Thomas Hilber <ath9k-dev@toh.cx>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-11 15:14:50 -05:00
Linus Torvalds 609eac1c15 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
  fs/9p: iattr_valid flags are kernel internal flags map them to 9p values.
  fs/9p: We should not allocate a new inode when creating hardlines.
  fs/9p: v9fs_stat2inode should update suid/sgid bits.
  9p: Reduce object size with CONFIG_NET_9P_DEBUG
  fs/9p: check schedule_timeout_interruptible return value

Fix up trivial conflicts in fs/9p/{vfs_inode.c,vfs_inode_dotl.c} due to
debug messages having changed to use p9_debug() on one hand, and the
changes for umode_t on the other.
2012-01-10 15:09:01 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 57eccf1c2a Merge branch 'nfs-for-3.3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
* 'nfs-for-3.3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
  NFSv4: Change the default setting of the nfs4_disable_idmapping parameter
  NFSv4: Save the owner/group name string when doing open
  NFS: Remove pNFS bloat from the generic write path
  pnfs-obj: Must return layout on IO error
  pnfs-obj: pNFS errors are communicated on iodata->pnfs_error
  NFS: Cache state owners after files are closed
  NFS: Clean up nfs4_find_state_owners_locked()
  NFSv4: include bitmap in nfsv4 get acl data
  nfs: fix a minor do_div portability issue
  NFSv4.1: cleanup comment and debug printk
  NFSv4.1: change nfs4_free_slot parameters for dynamic slots
  NFSv4.1: cleanup init and reset of session slot tables
  NFSv4.1: fix backchannel slotid off-by-one bug
  nfs: fix regression in handling of context= option in NFSv4
  NFS - fix recent breakage to NFS error handling.
  NFS: Retry mounting NFSROOT
  SUNRPC: Clean up the RPCSEC_GSS service ticket requests
2012-01-10 14:57:40 -08:00
John W. Linville 874c60bad9 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/padovan/bluetooth-next 2012-01-10 15:44:17 -05:00
Sage Weil 56e925b677 libceph: remove useless return value for osd_client __send_request()
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
2012-01-10 08:57:03 -08:00
Sage Weil e11b05d31f crush: fix force for non-root TAKE
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
2012-01-10 08:56:57 -08:00
Thomas Meyer 186482560f ceph: Use kmemdup rather than duplicating its implementation
Use kmemdup rather than duplicating its implementation

The semantic patch that makes this change is available
in scripts/coccinelle/api/memdup.cocci.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Meyer <thomas@m3y3r.de>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
2012-01-10 08:56:54 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 38e5781bbf Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
  igmp: Avoid zero delay when receiving odd mixture of IGMP queries
  netdev: make net_device_ops const
  bcm63xx: make ethtool_ops const
  usbnet: make ethtool_ops const
  net: Fix build with INET disabled.
  net: introduce netif_addr_lock_nested() and call if when appropriate
  net: correct lock name in dev_[uc/mc]_sync documentations.
  net: sk_update_clone is only used in net/core/sock.c
  8139cp: fix missing napi_gro_flush.
  pktgen: set correct max and min in pktgen_setup_inject()
  smsc911x: Unconditionally include linux/smscphy.h in smsc911x.h
  asix: fix infinite loop in rx_fixup()
  net: Default UDP and UNIX diag to 'n'.
  r6040: fix typo in use of MCR0 register bits
  net: fix sock_clone reference mismatch with tcp memcontrol
2012-01-09 14:46:52 -08:00
Ben Hutchings a8c1f65c79 igmp: Avoid zero delay when receiving odd mixture of IGMP queries
Commit 5b7c840667 ('ipv4: correct IGMP
behavior on v3 query during v2-compatibility mode') added yet another
case for query parsing, which can result in max_delay = 0.  Substitute
a value of 1, as in the usual v3 case.

Reported-by: Simon McVittie <smcv@debian.org>
References: http://bugs.debian.org/654876
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-09 14:06:46 -08:00
David S. Miller 3969eb3859 net: Fix build with INET disabled.
> net/core/sock.c: In function 'sk_update_clone':
> net/core/sock.c:1278:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'sock_update_memcg'

Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-09 13:44:23 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 6b3da11b3c Merge branch 'for-3.3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu
* 'for-3.3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu:
  percpu: Remove irqsafe_cpu_xxx variants

Fix up conflict in arch/x86/include/asm/percpu.h due to clash with
cebef5beed ("x86: Fix and improve percpu_cmpxchg{8,16}b_double()")
which edited the (now removed) irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg*_double code.
2012-01-09 13:08:28 -08:00
Jiri Pirko 2429f7ac2e net: introduce netif_addr_lock_nested() and call if when appropriate
dev_uc_sync() and dev_mc_sync() are acquiring netif_addr_lock for
destination device of synchronization. Since netif_addr_lock is
already held at the time for source device, this triggers lockdep
deadlock warning.

There's no way this deadlock can happen so use spin_lock_nested() to
silence the warning.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-09 12:46:58 -08:00
Jiri Pirko ab16ebf375 net: correct lock name in dev_[uc/mc]_sync documentations.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-09 12:46:58 -08:00
Stephen Rothwell 475f1b5264 net: sk_update_clone is only used in net/core/sock.c
so move it there.  Fixes build errors when CONFIG_INET is not defined:

In file included from include/linux/tcp.h:211:0,
                 from include/linux/ipv6.h:221,
                 from include/net/ipv6.h:16,
                 from include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h:26,
                 from include/linux/nfs_fs.h:50,
                 from init/do_mounts.c:20:
include/net/sock.h: In function 'sk_update_clone':
include/net/sock.h:1109:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'sock_update_memcg' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]

Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-08 23:44:26 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 98793265b4 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (53 commits)
  Kconfig: acpi: Fix typo in comment.
  misc latin1 to utf8 conversions
  devres: Fix a typo in devm_kfree comment
  btrfs: free-space-cache.c: remove extra semicolon.
  fat: Spelling s/obsolate/obsolete/g
  SCSI, pmcraid: Fix spelling error in a pmcraid_err() call
  tools/power turbostat: update fields in manpage
  mac80211: drop spelling fix
  types.h: fix comment spelling for 'architectures'
  typo fixes: aera -> area, exntension -> extension
  devices.txt: Fix typo of 'VMware'.
  sis900: Fix enum typo 'sis900_rx_bufer_status'
  decompress_bunzip2: remove invalid vi modeline
  treewide: Fix comment and string typo 'bufer'
  hyper-v: Update MAINTAINERS
  treewide: Fix typos in various parts of the kernel, and fix some comments.
  clockevents: drop unknown Kconfig symbol GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_MIGR
  gpio: Kconfig: drop unknown symbol 'CS5535_GPIO'
  leds: Kconfig: Fix typo 'D2NET_V2'
  sound: Kconfig: drop unknown symbol ARCH_CLPS7500
  ...

Fix up trivial conflicts in arch/powerpc/platforms/40x/Kconfig (some new
kconfig additions, close to removed commented-out old ones)
2012-01-08 13:21:22 -08:00
Linus Torvalds eb59c505f8 Merge branch 'pm-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
* 'pm-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (76 commits)
  PM / Hibernate: Implement compat_ioctl for /dev/snapshot
  PM / Freezer: fix return value of freezable_schedule_timeout_killable()
  PM / shmobile: Allow the A4R domain to be turned off at run time
  PM / input / touchscreen: Make st1232 use device PM QoS constraints
  PM / QoS: Introduce dev_pm_qos_add_ancestor_request()
  PM / shmobile: Remove the stay_on flag from SH7372's PM domains
  PM / shmobile: Don't include SH7372's INTCS in syscore suspend/resume
  PM / shmobile: Add support for the sh7372 A4S power domain / sleep mode
  PM: Drop generic_subsys_pm_ops
  PM / Sleep: Remove forward-only callbacks from AMBA bus type
  PM / Sleep: Remove forward-only callbacks from platform bus type
  PM: Run the driver callback directly if the subsystem one is not there
  PM / Sleep: Make pm_op() and pm_noirq_op() return callback pointers
  PM/Devfreq: Add Exynos4-bus device DVFS driver for Exynos4210/4212/4412.
  PM / Sleep: Merge internal functions in generic_ops.c
  PM / Sleep: Simplify generic system suspend callbacks
  PM / Hibernate: Remove deprecated hibernation snapshot ioctls
  PM / Sleep: Fix freezer failures due to racy usermodehelper_is_disabled()
  ARM: S3C64XX: Implement basic power domain support
  PM / shmobile: Use common always on power domain governor
  ...

Fix up trivial conflict in fs/xfs/xfs_buf.c due to removal of unused
XBT_FORCE_SLEEP bit
2012-01-08 13:10:57 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 972b2c7199 Merge branch 'for-linus2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs
* 'for-linus2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (165 commits)
  reiserfs: Properly display mount options in /proc/mounts
  vfs: prevent remount read-only if pending removes
  vfs: count unlinked inodes
  vfs: protect remounting superblock read-only
  vfs: keep list of mounts for each superblock
  vfs: switch ->show_options() to struct dentry *
  vfs: switch ->show_path() to struct dentry *
  vfs: switch ->show_devname() to struct dentry *
  vfs: switch ->show_stats to struct dentry *
  switch security_path_chmod() to struct path *
  vfs: prefer ->dentry->d_sb to ->mnt->mnt_sb
  vfs: trim includes a bit
  switch mnt_namespace ->root to struct mount
  vfs: take /proc/*/mounts and friends to fs/proc_namespace.c
  vfs: opencode mntget() mnt_set_mountpoint()
  vfs: spread struct mount - remaining argument of next_mnt()
  vfs: move fsnotify junk to struct mount
  vfs: move mnt_devname
  vfs: move mnt_list to struct mount
  vfs: switch pnode.h macros to struct mount *
  ...
2012-01-08 12:19:57 -08:00
Dan Carpenter 26e29eeda0 pktgen: set correct max and min in pktgen_setup_inject()
In 882716604e "pktgen: fix multiple queue warning" we added special
logic to handle the case where ntxq is zero.  It's not clear to me that
ntxq can actually be zero.  But if it were then we would set
->queue_map_min and ->queue_map_max to USHRT_MAX when probably we want
to set them to zero?

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-07 12:26:08 -08:00
David S. Miller 6d62a66e42 net: Default UDP and UNIX diag to 'n'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-07 12:13:06 -08:00
Glauber Costa f3f511e1ce net: fix sock_clone reference mismatch with tcp memcontrol
Sockets can also be created through sock_clone. Because it copies
all data in the sock structure, it also copies the memcg-related pointer,
and all should be fine. However, since we now use reference counts in
socket creation, we are left with some sockets that have no reference
counts. It matters when we destroy them, since it leads to a mismatch.

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-07 10:16:34 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 9753dfe19a Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1958 commits)
  net: pack skb_shared_info more efficiently
  net_sched: red: split red_parms into parms and vars
  net_sched: sfq: extend limits
  cnic: Improve error recovery on bnx2x devices
  cnic: Re-init dev->stats_addr after chip reset
  net_sched: Bug in netem reordering
  bna: fix sparse warnings/errors
  bna: make ethtool_ops and strings const
  xgmac: cleanups
  net: make ethtool_ops const
  vmxnet3" make ethtool ops const
  xen-netback: make ops structs const
  virtio_net: Pass gfp flags when allocating rx buffers.
  ixgbe: FCoE: Add support for ndo_get_fcoe_hbainfo() call
  netdev: FCoE: Add new ndo_get_fcoe_hbainfo() call
  igb: reset PHY after recovering from PHY power down
  igb: add basic runtime PM support
  igb: Add support for byte queue limits.
  e1000: cleanup CE4100 MDIO registers access
  e1000: unmap ce4100_gbe_mdio_base_virt in e1000_remove
  ...
2012-01-06 17:22:09 -08:00
Eric Paris fd77846152 security: remove the security_netlink_recv hook as it is equivalent to capable()
Once upon a time netlink was not sync and we had to get the effective
capabilities from the skb that was being received.  Today we instead get
the capabilities from the current task.  This has rendered the entire
purpose of the hook moot as it is now functionally equivalent to the
capable() call.

Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
2012-01-05 18:53:01 -05:00
Linus Torvalds 07d106d0a3 vfs: fix up ENOIOCTLCMD error handling
We're doing some odd things there, which already messes up various users
(see the net/socket.c code that this removes), and it was going to add
yet more crud to the block layer because of the incorrect error code
translation.

ENOIOCTLCMD is not an error return that should be returned to user mode
from the "ioctl()" system call, but it should *not* be translated as
EINVAL ("Invalid argument").  It should be translated as ENOTTY
("Inappropriate ioctl for device").

That EINVAL confusion has apparently so permeated some code that the
block layer actually checks for it, which is sad.  We continue to do so
for now, but add a big comment about how wrong that is, and we should
remove it entirely eventually.  In the meantime, this tries to keep the
changes localized to just the EINVAL -> ENOTTY fix, and removing code
that makes it harder to do the right thing.

Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-01-05 15:40:12 -08:00
J. Bruce Fields 9689dcce0b svcrpc: don't revert to SVC_POOL_DEFAULT on nfsd shutdown
This was unexpected behavior (at least for me)--why would you want
configuration settings automatically lost on nfsd restart?

In practice this won't affect distributions, which likely set everything
on every startup.  But I'd expect the behavior to be less confusing to
someone manually restarting nfsd for testing.

Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-01-05 15:35:56 -05:00
J. Bruce Fields 61c8504c42 svcrpc: fix double-free on shutdown of nfsd after changing pool mode
The pool_to and to_pool fields of the global svc_pool_map are freed on
shutdown, but are initialized in nfsd startup only in the
SVC_POOL_PERCPU and SVC_POOL_PERNODE cases.

They *are* initialized to zero on kernel startup.  So as long as you use
only SVC_POOL_GLOBAL (the default), this will never be a problem.

You're also OK if you only ever use SVC_POOL_PERCPU or SVC_POOL_PERNODE.

However, the following sequence events leads to a double-free:

	1. set SVC_POOL_PERCPU or SVC_POOL_PERNODE
	2. start nfsd: both fields are initialized.
	3. shutdown nfsd: both fields are freed.
	4. set SVC_POOL_GLOBAL
	5. start nfsd: the fields are left untouched.
	6. shutdown nfsd: now we try to free them again.

Step 4 is actually unnecessary, since (for some bizarre reason), nfsd
automatically resets the pool mode to SVC_POOL_GLOBAL on shutdown.

Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-01-05 15:35:55 -05:00
Eric Dumazet eeca6688d6 net_sched: red: split red_parms into parms and vars
This patch splits the red_parms structure into two components.

One holding the RED 'constant' parameters, and one containing the
variables.

This permits a size reduction of GRED qdisc, and is a preliminary step
to add an optional RED unit to SFQ.

SFQRED will have a single red_parms structure shared by all flows, and a
private red_vars per flow.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-05 14:01:21 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 18cb809850 net_sched: sfq: extend limits
SFQ as implemented in Linux is very limited, with at most 127 flows
and limit of 127 packets. [ So if 127 flows are active, we have one
packet per flow ]

This patch brings to SFQ following features to cope with modern needs.

- Ability to specify a smaller per flow limit of inflight packets.
    (default value being at 127 packets)

- Ability to have up to 65408 active flows (instead of 127)

- Ability to have head drops instead of tail drops
  (to drop old packets from a flow)

Example of use : No more than 20 packets per flow, max 8000 flows, max
20000 packets in SFQ qdisc, hash table of 65536 slots.

tc qdisc add ... sfq \
        flows 8000 \
        depth 20 \
        headdrop \
        limit 20000 \
	divisor 65536

Ram usage :

2 bytes per hash table entry (instead of previous 1 byte/entry)
32 bytes per flow on 64bit arches, instead of 384 for QFQ, so much
better cache hit ratio.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-05 14:01:21 -05:00
Hagen Paul Pfeifer eb10192447 net_sched: Bug in netem reordering
Not now, but it looks you are correct. q->qdisc is NULL until another
additional qdisc is attached (beside tfifo). See 50612537e9.
The following patch should work.

From: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>

netem: catch NULL pointer by updating the real qdisc statistic

Reported-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-05 13:27:39 -05:00
Joe Perches 5d3851530d 9p: Reduce object size with CONFIG_NET_9P_DEBUG
Reduce object size by deduplicating formats.

Use vsprintf extension %pV.
Rename P9_DPRINTK uses to p9_debug, align arguments.
Add function for _p9_debug and macro to add __func__.
Add missing "\n"s to p9_debug uses.
Remove embedded function names as p9_debug adds it.
Remove P9_EPRINTK macro and convert use to pr_<level>.
Add and use pr_fmt and pr_<level>.

$ size fs/9p/built-in.o*
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
  62133	    984	  16000	  79117	  1350d	fs/9p/built-in.o.new
  67342	    984	  16928	  85254	  14d06	fs/9p/built-in.o.old
$ size net/9p/built-in.o*
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
  88792	   4148	  22024	 114964	  1c114	net/9p/built-in.o.new
  94072	   4148	  23232	 121452	  1da6c	net/9p/built-in.o.old

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2012-01-05 10:51:44 -06:00
Andy Adamson bf118a342f NFSv4: include bitmap in nfsv4 get acl data
The NFSv4 bitmap size is unbounded: a server can return an arbitrary
sized bitmap in an FATTR4_WORD0_ACL request.  Replace using the
nfs4_fattr_bitmap_maxsz as a guess to the maximum bitmask returned by a server
with the inclusion of the bitmap (xdr length plus bitmasks) and the acl data
xdr length to the (cached) acl page data.

This is a general solution to commit e5012d1f "NFSv4.1: update
nfs4_fattr_bitmap_maxsz" and fixes hitting a BUG_ON in xdr_shrink_bufhead
when getting ACLs.

Fix a bug in decode_getacl that returned -EINVAL on ACLs > page when getxattr
was called with a NULL buffer, preventing ACL > PAGE_SIZE from being retrieved.

Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-01-05 10:42:42 -05:00
Trond Myklebust 68c97153fb SUNRPC: Clean up the RPCSEC_GSS service ticket requests
Instead of hacking specific service names into gss_encode_v1_msg, we should
just allow the caller to specify the service name explicitly.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Acked-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2012-01-05 10:42:38 -05:00
John W. Linville 1032c736e8 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/dma.c
2012-01-05 10:13:24 -05:00
David S. Miller 117ff42fd4 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2012-01-04 21:35:43 -05:00
Mihai Maruseac 1d5783030a ipv6/addrconf: speedup /proc/net/if_inet6 filling
This ensures a linear behaviour when filling /proc/net/if_inet6 thus making
ifconfig run really fast on IPv6 only addresses. In fact, with this patch and
the IPv4 one sent a while ago, ifconfig will run in linear time regardless of
address type.

IPv4 related patch: f04565ddf5
	 dev: use name hash for dev_seq_ops
	 ...

Some statistics (running ifconfig > /dev/null on a different setup):

iface count / IPv6 no-patch time / IPv6 patched time / IPv4 time
----------------------------------------------------------------
      6250  |       0.23 s       |      0.13 s       |  0.11 s
     12500  |       0.62 s       |      0.28 s       |  0.22 s
     25000  |       2.91 s       |      0.57 s       |  0.46 s
     50000  |      11.37 s       |      1.21 s       |  0.94 s
    128000  |      86.78 s       |      3.05 s       |  2.54 s

Signed-off-by: Mihai Maruseac <mmaruseac@ixiacom.com>
Cc: Daniel Baluta <dbaluta@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-04 16:00:57 -05:00
Neil Horman e6bff995f8 ipv6: Check RA for sllao when configuring optimistic ipv6 address (v2)
Recently Dave noticed that a test we did in ipv6_add_addr to see if we next hop
route for the interface we're adding an addres to was wrong (see commit
7ffbcecbee).  for one, it never triggers, and two,
it was completely wrong to begin with.  This test was meant to cover this
section of RFC 4429:

3.3 Modifications to RFC 2462 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration

   * (modifies section 5.5) A host MAY choose to configure a new address
        as an Optimistic Address.  A host that does not know the SLLAO
        of its router SHOULD NOT configure a new address as Optimistic.
        A router SHOULD NOT configure an Optimistic Address.

This patch should bring us into proper compliance with the above clause.  Since
we only add a SLAAC address after we've received a RA which may or may not
contain a source link layer address option, we can pass a pointer to that option
to addrconf_prefix_rcv (which may be null if the option is not present), and
only set the optimistic flag if the option was found in the RA.

Change notes:
(v2) modified the new parameter to addrconf_prefix_rcv to be a bool rather than
a pointer to make its use more clear as per request from davem.

Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-04 15:53:20 -05:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan 67f61261b6 mac80211: remove dead code
ieee80211_offchannel_enable_all_ps function is no longer used
and looks like its logic is extensively handled in
ieee80211_offchannel_stop_vifs

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:31:47 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar 7f28197560 mac80211: Call driver commands after drv_start in mac80211 restart code
Ideally, hardware/firmware initialization is complete after the
drv_start routine. In mac80211 restart code (ieee80211_reconfig),
defer calling the driver commands i.e. setup fragmentation
threshold, rts threshold and coverage class till drv_start
routine is called.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>

v2: Removed extra blank line added.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:31:46 -05:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan 30fa904724 mac80211: use RCU read locks for sta_info_get
this is being recently introduced by the commit
a85e1d5597

Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:46 -05:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan e46a2cf9e1 mac80211: fix kernel panic in IBSS due to a regression
kernel panic occurs when we create an IBSS mode and leave it for
sometime without any joiner and this is introduced by the
commit ec2b774e7c where we don't
put proper braces for 'list_for_each_entry_safe' and we pass an
invalid 'sta' pointer to __sta_info_destroy

EIP is at __list_add+0xe/0xa0
EAX: f3b63db4 EBX: 00000000 ECX: eab88c1c EDX: 00000000
ESI: 00000000 EDI: 00000246 EBP: f3b63d80 ESP: f3b63d58
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 00e0 SS: 0068
Process kworker/u:2 (pid: 198, ti=f3b62000 task=f3afbea0
task.ti=f3b62000)
Stack:
00000000 00000000 f9ef9821 00000000 00000000 eab88c30
f3b63d80 c017f623
eab88bf0 eab88bf0 f3b63dd0 c066f925 00000000 00000002
00000000 f9ef9821
f3b63da0 c0180a2b eab88c1c eab88c30 00000002 f3afbea0
eab88bf4 f3b63db4
 Call Trace:
[<f9ef9821>] ? __ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session+0x31/0x60
[mac80211]
[<c017f623>] ? debug_mutex_add_waiter+0x23/0x60
[<c066f925>] __mutex_lock_common+0xd5/0x390
[<f9ef9821>] ? __ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session+0x31/0x60
[mac80211]
[<c0180a2b>] ? trace_hardirqs_off+0xb/0x10
[<c066fd37>] mutex_lock_nested+0x47/0x60
[<f9ef9821>] ? __ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session+0x31/0x60
[mac80211]
[<f9ef9821>] __ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session+0x31/0x60
[mac80211]
[<f9ef8989>] ieee80211_sta_tear_down_BA_sessions+0x39/0x60 [mac80211]
[<f9ef1a67>] __sta_info_destroy+0x57/0x780 [mac80211]
[<f9ef2223>] ieee80211_sta_expire+0x93/0xb0 [mac80211]
[<f9efc8f6>] ieee80211_ibss_work+0x2d6/0x530 [mac80211]

Cc: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:46 -05:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan de2ee84db6 mac80211: fix scan state machine
when we run high bandwidth UDP traffic and we trigger a scan, the scan
state machine seems to be looping in SUSPEND->RESUME->DECISION->SUSPEND
and SET_CHANNEL seems to be never called as 'tx_empty' is never true
while running UDP traffic. fix this by settting SET_CHANNEL state when
we get into RESUME state.

Cc: Leela Kella <leela@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:46 -05:00
Julia Lawall 841f1d92fb net/rfkill/rfkill-gpio.c: introduce missing kfree
Error handling code following a kmalloc should free the allocated data.
The label fail_alloc already does this for rfkill.

A simplified version of the semantic match that finds the problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr)

// <smpl>
@r exists@
local idexpression x;
statement S;
identifier f1;
position p1,p2;
expression *ptr != NULL;
@@

x@p1 = \(kmalloc\|kzalloc\|kcalloc\)(...);
...
if (x == NULL) S
<... when != x
     when != if (...) { <+...x...+> }
x->f1
...>
(
 return \(0\|<+...x...+>\|ptr\);
|
 return@p2 ...;
)

@script:python@
p1 << r.p1;
p2 << r.p2;
@@

print "* file: %s kmalloc %s return %s" % (p1[0].file,p1[0].line,p2[0].line)
// </smpl>

Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:46 -05:00
Eliad Peller f6e8cb72ad mac80211: always clear SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL flag
If the vif is stopped while it is offchannel (e.g. right
after p2p negotiation) the SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL flag
is never get cleared, resulting in various bad effects
(e.g. GO can't start beaconing).

Fix it by clearing the SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL flag
even if the vif is stopped.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:43 -05:00
Dave Täht b156579b14 wireless: Treat IPv6 diffserv the same as IPv4 for 802.11e
Wireless will select a different hardware queue based on the
top 3 bits of the diffserv field, for ipv4. Extend that queue
selection mechanism to ipv6, and make the calls orthogonal.

Signed-off-by: Dave Täht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:43 -05:00
Ilan Elias 288e0713f4 NFC: Export a new attribute nfcid1 in target info
The nfcid1 is the NFC-A identifier.
It is exported as an attribute of the target info
(returned as a response to NFC_CMD_GET_TARGET).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:43 -05:00
Luis R. Rodriguez 3b77d5ec0c cfg80211: relicense reg.c reg.h and genregdb.awk to ISC
Following the tradition we have had with ath5k, ath9k, CRDA,
wireless-regdb I'd like to license this code under the permissive ISC
license for the code sharing purposes with other OSes, it'd sure be nice
to help the landscape in this area. Although I am %82.89 owner of the
regulatory code I have asked every contributor to the regulatory code
and have receieved positive Acked-bys from everyone except two deceased
entities:

 o Frans Pop RIP 2010 [0]
	- Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl>
	- Frans Pop <fjp@debian.org>
 o Nokia     RIP February, 11, 2011 [1], [2]
	- ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com
	- kalle.valo@nokia.com

Frans Pop's contribution was a simple patch 55f98938, titled,
"wireless: remove trailing space in messages" which just add a \n
to some printk lines. I'm going to treat these additions as
uncopyrightable.

As for the contributions made by employees on behalf of Nokia
my contact point was Petri Karhula <petri.karhula@nokia.com> but
after one month he noted he had not been able to get traction from the
legal department on this request, as such it I proceeded by replacing
their contributions in previous patches.

The end goal is to help a clean rewrite that starts in userspace
that is shared under ISC license which currently is taking place with
the regulatory simulator [3].

[0] http://lists.debian.org/debian-devel/2011/12/msg00263.html
[1] http://press.nokia.com/2011/02/11/nokia-outlines-new-strategy-introduces-new-leadership-operational-structure/
[2] http://NokiaPlanB.com
[3] git://github.com/mcgrof/regsim.git

Acked-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@holoscopio.com>
Acked-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mihai Moldovan <ionic@ionic.de>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Tony Vroon <tony@linx.net>
Acked-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Acked-by: Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Acked-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: John Gordon <john@devicescape.com>
Acked-by: Simon Barber <protocolmagic@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@upir.cz>
Acked-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Scott James Remnant <keybuk@google.com>
Acked-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:41 -05:00
Luis R. Rodriguez 6653325a55 cfg80211: replace reg.c Nokia commit 269ac5
Nokia hasn't gotten back to me in over 1 month for a relicense
change request. There are only a few changes that they contributed,
so just reverting their changes but replacing with another set.
This change replaces this commit:

commit 269ac5fd2d
Author: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Date:   Tue Dec 1 10:47:15 2009 +0200

    cfg80211: indent regulatory messages with spaces

    The regulatory messages in syslog look weird:

    kernel: cfg80211: Regulatory domain: US
    kernel: ^I(start_freq - end_freq @ bandwidth), (max_antenna_gain, max_eirp)
    kernel: ^I(2402000 KHz - 2472000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2700 mBm)
    kernel: ^I(5170000 KHz - 5190000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
    kernel: ^I(5190000 KHz - 5210000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
    kernel: ^I(5210000 KHz - 5230000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
    kernel: ^I(5230000 KHz - 5330000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
    kernel: ^I(5735000 KHz - 5835000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 3000 mBm)

    Indent them with four spaces instead of the tab character to get prettier
    output.

    Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
    Acked: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
    Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>

Cc: Petri Karhula <petri.karhula@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:40 -05:00
Luis R. Rodriguez 8848bef038 cfg80211: replace reg.c Nokia commit c4c32294
Nokia hasn't gotten back to me in over 1 month for a relicense
change request. There are only a few changes that they contributed,
so just reverting their changes but replacing with another set.
This change replaces this commit:

commit c4c322941c
Author: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Date:   Tue Jun 29 15:08:08 2010 +0400

    cfg80211: Update of regulatory request initiator handling

    In some cases there could be possible dereferencing freed pointer. The
    update is intended to avoid this issue.

    Signed-off-by: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
    Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>

Cc: Petri Karhula <petri.karhula@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:40 -05:00
Ilan Elias 004161cb52 NFC: Handle error during NCI data exchange
Add support for NCI Interface Error Notification.
When this notification is received and we're during a
data exchange transaction, indicate an error to the NFC
core layer via the data exchange callback.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:39 -05:00
Ilan Elias 637d85a7cd NFC: Update names and structs to NCI spec 1.0 d22
Addition, deletion, and modification of NCI constants.
Changes in NCI commands, responses, and notifications structures.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:39 -05:00
Dmitry Shmidt cee0bec58a wireless: Protect regdomain change by mutex
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:30:39 -05:00
Helmut Schaa b423db5b35 mac80211: Remove superfluous ieee80211_rx_h_remove_qos_control
This seems to not serve any purpose anymore, at least all frame
processing afterwards seems to be able to deal with QoS frames. So,
let's save the expensive memmove and just leave the QoS header in the
802.11 frame for further processing.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-04 14:28:07 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 02a9098ede net_sched: sfq: always randomize hash perturbation
SFQ q->perturbation is used in sfq_hash() as an input to Jenkins hash.

We currently randomize this 32bit value only if a perturbation timer is
setup.

Its much better to always initialize it to defeat attackers, or else
they can predict very well what kind of packets they have to forge to
hit a particular flow.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-04 14:12:48 -05:00
Eric Dumazet bd16a6cce2 net_sched: sfq: fix mem alloc error recovery
Since commit 817fb15dfd (net_sched: sfq: allow divisor to be a
parameter), we can leave perturbation timer armed if a memory allocation
error aborts sfq_init().

Memory containing active struct timer_list is freed and kernel can
crash.

Call sfq_destroy() from sfq_init() to properly dismantle qdisc.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-04 14:12:48 -05:00
Ben Hutchings 6cfb5e759d ethtool: Remove ethtool_ops::set_rx_ntuple operation
All implementations have been converted to implement set_rxnfc
instead.

Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-04 14:10:28 -05:00
Ben Hutchings 55664f324c ethtool: Allow drivers to select RX NFC rule locations
Define special location values for RX NFC that request the driver to
select the actual rule location.  This allows for implementation on
devices that use hash-based filter lookup, whereas currently the API is
more suited to devices with TCAM lookup or linear search.

In ethtool_set_rxnfc() and the compat wrapper ethtool_ioctl(), copy
the structure back to user-space after insertion so that the actual
location is returned.

Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-04 14:09:10 -05:00
John W. Linville d8f46ff110 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem 2012-01-04 11:37:30 -05:00
Al Viro 04fc66e789 switch ->path_mknod() to umode_t
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:55:19 -05:00
Al Viro 64f1426f3c sunrpc: propagate umode_t
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:55:04 -05:00
Al Viro 6b520e0565 vfs: fix the stupidity with i_dentry in inode destructors
Seeing that just about every destructor got that INIT_LIST_HEAD() copied into
it, there is no point whatsoever keeping this INIT_LIST_HEAD in inode_init_once();
the cost of taking it into inode_init_always() will be negligible for pipes
and sockets and negative for everything else.  Not to mention the removal of
boilerplate code from ->destroy_inode() instances...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:52:40 -05:00
John W. Linville 57adc1fcba Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/b43/dma.c
	drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_linux.c
2012-01-03 15:16:34 -05:00
John W. Linville f9dc73e541 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/padovan/bluetooth 2012-01-03 14:26:56 -05:00
Eric Dumazet fa0f5aa743 net_sched: qdisc_alloc_handle() can be too slow
When trying to allocate ~32768 qdiscs using autohandle mechanism, we can
fill the space managed by kernel (handles in [8000-FFFF]:0000 range)

But O(N^2) qdisc_alloc_handle() loops 0x10000 times instead of 0x8000

time tc add qdisc add dev eth0 parent 10:7fff pfifo limit 10
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
real    1m54.826s
user    0m0.000s
sys     0m0.004s

INFO: rcu_sched_state detected stall on CPU 0 (t=60000 jiffies)

Half number of loops, and add a cond_resched() call.
We hold rtnl at this point.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-03 13:03:20 -05:00
Eric Dumazet d32ae76f2b sch_qfq: accurate wsum handling
We can underestimate q->wsum in case of "tc class replace ... qfq"
and/or qdisc_create_dflt() error.

wsum is not really used in fast path, only at qfq qdisc/class setup,
to catch user error.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-03 13:02:19 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 6bafcac323 sch_qfq: fix overflow in qfq_update_start()
grp->slot_shift is between 22 and 41, so using 32bit wide variables is
probably a typo.

This could explain QFQ hangs Dave reported to me, after 2^23 packets ?

(23 = 64 - 41)

Reported-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-03 12:58:23 -05:00
Eric Dumazet d47a0ac7b6 sch_sfq: dont put new flow at the end of flows
SFQ enqueue algo puts a new flow _behind_ all pre-existing flows in the
circular list. In fact this is probably an old SFQ implementation bug.

100 Mbits = ~8333 full frames per second, or ~8 frames per ms.

With 50 flows, it means your "new flow" will have to wait 50 packets
being sent before its own packet. Thats the ~6ms.

We certainly can change SFQ to give a priority advantage to new flows,
so that next dequeued packet is taken from a new flow, not an old one.

Reported-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-03 12:52:09 -05:00
Andrei Emeltchenko c5993de864 Bluetooth: Correct packet len calculation
Remove unneeded skb_pull and correct packet length calculation
removing magic number. Move BT_DBG after len check otherwise
it could possibly access wrong memory.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-03 01:38:37 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan 3542b854bc Bluetooth: Keep chan->state and sk->sk_state in sync
Those vars need to be in sync, otherwise l2cap_core.c can get the wrong
state.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-03 01:38:37 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan 333055f2aa Bluetooth: Don't use *_bh locks anymore
Those locks are not shared between interrupt and process context anymore,
so remove the part that disable interrupts.  We are still safe because
preemption is disabled.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-03 01:38:36 -02:00
Andre Guedes e75a8b0c33 Bluetooth: Fix mgmt_stop_discovery_failed()
Stop Discovery Command Status Event should use mgmt status code.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-03 01:35:23 -02:00
Andre Guedes d084329e28 Bluetooth: Queue adv_work on system workqueue
This patch queues hdev->adv_work on the system-wide workqueue
instead of on hdev->workqueue. This way we keep only tx/rx works
on hdev->workqueue.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-02 22:30:10 -02:00
Andre Guedes c1b9b4f45f Bluetooth: Fix adv_work delay
This patch fixes the adv_work delay. It should be set to ADV_
CLEAR_TIMEOUT instead of (jiffies + ADV_CLEAR_TIMEOUT) since
queue_delayed_work() receives the number of jiffies to wait
before queueing. It also removes the unnecessary cancel_delayed_
work_sync() call in case LE scan has been disabled.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-02 22:30:09 -02:00
Andre Guedes b5b32b653d Bluetooth: Fix hci_cc_read_local_ext_features()
Copy the Features value according to the Page number.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-02 22:29:51 -02:00
Andre Guedes 59e294065d Bluetooth: Rename extfeatures
This patch renames hdev->extfeatures to hdev->host_features since it
holds the extended features Page 1 (aka host features).

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-02 22:21:05 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan 94f5bfb8c1 Bluetooth: Remove *_bh from socket list lock.
We don't need it anymore.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-02 22:20:24 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan 4b5dd696f8 Bluetooth: Remove local_bh_disable() from hci_sock.c
Everything is in process context now, we do not need such a call.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-02 22:20:12 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan ee65d19e25 Bluetooth: Remove *_bh locks from SCO
Those locks are not shared between interrupt and process context anymore,
so remove the part that disable interrupts. We are still safe because
preemption is disabled.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-02 22:19:52 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan 393432cd8d Bluetooth: Fix context in RFCOMM tty
We now run in process context, no need to disable interrupts.
Calls from the tty layer also run in process context.

rw_lock was converted to spinlock, we have more writers than readers in
this case.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-02 22:19:29 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan 95ca83f42f Bluetooth: Fix context in rfcomm_sock_lock
Code now run in process context, does not need to disable interrupt
anymore.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-02 22:17:29 -02:00
David S. Miller 455ffa607f Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2012-01-02 18:56:49 -05:00
Gustavo F. Padovan 9219b2a08c Bluetooth: Fix bacpy in l2cap_core.c
It should be the dst in the copy not src. 03a001948 introduced this bug.

Reported-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-02 20:08:04 -02:00
John W. Linville dc0d633e35 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/padovan/bluetooth-next 2012-01-02 16:43:54 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 3ab0b245aa netfilter: nfnetlink_acct: fix nfnl_acct_get operation
The get operation was not sending the message that was built to
user-space. This patch also includes the appropriate handling for
the return value of netlink_unicast().

Moreover, fix error codes on error (for example, for non-existing
entry was uncorrect).

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2012-01-01 16:36:08 +01:00
Xi Wang c121638277 netfilter: ctnetlink: fix timeout calculation
The sanity check (timeout < 0) never works; the dividend is unsigned
and so is the division, which should have been a signed division.

	long timeout = (ct->timeout.expires - jiffies) / HZ;
	if (timeout < 0)
		timeout = 0;

This patch converts the time values to signed for the division.

Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-31 16:59:04 +01:00
Julian Anastasov 52793dbe3d ipvs: try also real server with port 0 in backup server
We should not forget to try for real server with port 0
in the backup server when processing the sync message. We should
do it in all cases because the backup server can use different
forwarding method.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-31 16:06:29 +01:00
Eric Dumazet 50612537e9 netem: fix classful handling
Commit 10f6dfcfde (Revert "sch_netem: Remove classful functionality")
reintroduced classful functionality to netem, but broke basic netem
behavior :

netem uses an t(ime)fifo queue, and store timestamps in skb->cb[]

If qdisc is changed, time constraints are not respected and other qdisc
can destroy skb->cb[] and block netem at dequeue time.

Fix this by always using internal tfifo, and optionally attach a child
qdisc to netem (or a tree of qdiscs)

Example of use :

DEV=eth3
tc qdisc del dev $DEV root
tc qdisc add dev $DEV root handle 30: est 1sec 8sec netem delay 20ms 10ms
tc qdisc add dev $DEV handle 40:0 parent 30:0 tbf \
	burst 20480 limit 20480 mtu 1514 rate 32000bps

qdisc netem 30: root refcnt 18 limit 1000 delay 20.0ms  10.0ms
 Sent 190792 bytes 413 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 rate 18416bit 3pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
qdisc tbf 40: parent 30: rate 256000bit burst 20Kb/8 mpu 0b lat 0us
 Sent 190792 bytes 413 pkt (dropped 6, overlimits 10 requeues 0)
 backlog 0b 5p requeues 0

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 17:12:23 -05:00
Josh Hunt 32b293a53d IPv6: Avoid taking write lock for /proc/net/ipv6_route
During some debugging I needed to look into how /proc/net/ipv6_route
operated and in my digging I found its calling fib6_clean_all() which uses
"write_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock)" before doing the walk of the table. I
found this on 2.6.32, but reading the code I believe the same basic idea
exists currently. Looking at the rtnetlink code they are only calling
"read_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock);" via fib6_dump_table(). While I realize
reading from proc isn't the recommended way of fetching the ipv6 route
table; taking a write lock seems unnecessary and would probably cause
network performance issues.

To verify this I loaded up the ipv6 route table and then ran iperf in 3
cases:
  * doing nothing
  * reading ipv6 route table via proc
    (while :; do cat /proc/net/ipv6_route > /dev/null; done)
  * reading ipv6 route table via rtnetlink
    (while :; do ip -6 route show table all > /dev/null; done)

* Load the ipv6 route table up with:
  * for ((i = 0;i < 4000;i++)); do ip route add unreachable 2000::$i; done

* iperf commands:
  * client: iperf -i 1 -V -c <ipv6 addr>
  * server: iperf -V -s

* iperf results - 3 runs each (in Mbits/sec)
  * nothing: client: 927,927,927 server: 927,927,927
  * proc: client: 179,97,96,113 server: 142,112,133
  * iproute: client: 928,927,928 server: 927,927,927

lock_stat shows taking the write lock is causing the slowdown. Using this
info I decided to write a version of fib6_clean_all() which replaces
write_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock) with read_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock). With
this new function I see the same results as with my rtnetlink iperf test.

Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <joshhunt00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 17:07:33 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov c9da99e647 unix_diag: Fixup RQLEN extension report
While it's not too late fix the recently added RQLEN diag extension
to report rqlen and wqlen in the same way as TCP does.

I.e. for listening sockets the ack backlog length (which is the input
queue length for socket) in rqlen and the max ack backlog length in
wqlen, and what the CINQ/OUTQ ioctls do for established.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:46:02 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov 885ee74d5d af_unix: Move CINQ/COUTQ code to helpers
Currently tcp diag reports rqlen and wqlen values similar to how
the CINQ/COUTQ iotcls do. To make unix diag report these values
in the same way move the respective code into helpers.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:45:45 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov 257b529876 unix_diag: Add the MEMINFO extension
[ Fix indentation of sock_diag*() calls. -DaveM ]

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:44:24 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov c0636faa53 inet_diag: Add the SKMEMINFO extension
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:42:19 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov 5d2e5f274f sock_diag: Introduce the meminfo nla core (v2)
Add a routine that dumps memory-related values of a socket.
It's made as an array to make it possible to add more stuff
here later without breaking compatibility.

Since v1: The SK_MEMINFO_ constants are in userspace
visible part of sock_diag.h, the rest is under __KERNEL__.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:42:19 -05:00
David S. Miller 56be178875 Merge branch 'tipc-Dec29-2011' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux 2011-12-30 13:46:54 -05:00
David S. Miller 7f8e3234c5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2011-12-30 13:04:14 -05:00
Paul Gortmaker f19765f4f7 tipc: rename struct bearer_name to struct tipc_bearer_names
The addition of the "s" to indicate pluralization is intentional,
since the struct actually contains two name variants.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-29 21:53:30 -05:00
Paul Gortmaker a18c4bc3ea tipc: rename struct link* to struct tipc_link*
This converts the following:

	struct link		->	struct tipc_link
	struct link_req		->	struct tipc_link_req
	struct link_name	->	struct tipc_link_name

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-29 21:53:30 -05:00
Paul Gortmaker 7f9ab6ac2e tipc: rename struct bcbearer* to tipc_bcbearer*
This changes both the struct bcbearer and struct bcbearer_pair to
have the "tipc_" prefix.  Runtime behaviour is unchanged.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-29 21:53:30 -05:00
Paul Gortmaker 6765fd6771 tipc: rename struct bclink to struct tipc_bclink
Make this rename so that it is consistent with the majority
of the other tipc structs and to assist in removing any
ambiguity with other similar names in other subsystems.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-29 21:53:30 -05:00
Paul Gortmaker 11f9990604 tipc: rename struct subscriber to struct tipc_subscriber
Make this rename so that it is consistent with the majority
of the other tipc structs and to assist in removing any
ambiguity with other similar names in other subsystems.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-29 21:53:30 -05:00
Paul Gortmaker fead39098b tipc: rename struct subscription to struct tipc_subscription
Make this rename so that it is consistent with the majority
of the other tipc structs and to assist in removing any
ambiguity with other similar names in other subsystems.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-29 21:53:29 -05:00
Paul Gortmaker 4584310b4a tipc: rename struct port_list to struct tipc_port_list
Make this rename so that it is consistent with the majority
of the other tipc structs and to assist in removing any
ambiguity with other similar names in other subsystems.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-29 21:53:29 -05:00
Paul Gortmaker 358a0d1c9e tipc: rename struct media to struct tipc_media
Give it a meaningful prefix, as suggested by DaveM, so that it
is consistent with things like struct tipc_bearer, and so it isn't
confused with anything else.  This has no impact on the actual
runtime code behaviour.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-29 21:53:29 -05:00
David S. Miller 8ade06c616 ipv6: Fix neigh lookup using NULL device.
In some of the rt6_bind_neighbour() call sites, it hasn't hooked
up the rt->dst.dev pointer yet, so we'd deref a NULL pointer when
obtaining dev->ifindex for the neighbour hash function computation.

Just pass the netdevice explicitly in to fix this problem.

Reported-by: Bjarke Istrup Pedersen <gurligebis@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-29 18:51:57 -05:00
David S. Miller 346f870b8a ipv6: Report TCP timetstamp info in cacheinfo just like ipv4 does.
I missed this while adding ipv6 support to inet_peer.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-29 15:22:33 -05:00
Eric Dumazet b0460e4484 sch_tbf: report backlog information
Provide child qdisc backlog (byte count) information so that "tc -s
qdisc" can report it to user.

qdisc netem 30: root refcnt 18 limit 1000 delay 20.0ms  10.0ms
 Sent 948517 bytes 898 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 1)
 rate 175056bit 16pps backlog 114b 1p requeues 1
qdisc tbf 40: parent 30: rate 256000bit burst 20Kb/8 mpu 0b lat 0us
 Sent 948517 bytes 898 pkt (dropped 15, overlimits 611 requeues 0)
 backlog 18168b 12p requeues 0

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-29 15:07:21 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso bc94b52167 netfilter: Kconfig: fix unmet xt_nfacct dependencies
warning: (NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_NFACCT) selects NETFILTER_NETLINK_ACCT which has
unmet direct dependencies (NET && INET && NETFILTER && NETFILTER_ADVANCED)

and then

ERROR: "nfnetlink_subsys_unregister" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_acct.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nfnetlink_subsys_register" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_acct.ko] undefined!

Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-29 14:39:19 -05:00
David S. Miller d191854282 ipv6: Kill rt6i_dev and rt6i_expires defines.
It just obscures that the netdevice pointer and the expires value are
implemented in the dst_entry sub-object of the ipv6 route.

And it makes grepping for dst_entry member uses much harder too.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-28 20:19:20 -05:00
David S. Miller f83c7790dc ipv6: Create fast inline ipv6 neigh lookup just like ipv4.
Also, create and use an rt6_bind_neighbour() in net/ipv6/route.c to
consolidate some common logic.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-28 15:41:23 -05:00
David S. Miller 2c2aba6c56 ipv6: Use universal hash for NDISC.
In order to perform a proper universal hash on a vector of integers,
we have to use different universal hashes on each vector element.

Which means we need 4 different hash randoms for ipv6.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-28 15:06:58 -05:00
Xi Wang 32288eb4d9 netrom: avoid overflows in nr_setsockopt()
Check setsockopt arguments to avoid overflows and return -EINVAL for
too large arguments.

Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-28 14:08:08 -05:00
Xi Wang ba1cffe025 ax25: avoid overflows in ax25_setsockopt()
Commit be639ac6 ("NET: AX.25: Check ioctl arguments to avoid overflows
further down the road") rejects very large arguments, but doesn't
completely fix overflows on 64-bit systems.  Consider the AX25_T2 case.

	int opt;
	...
	if (opt < 1 || opt > ULONG_MAX / HZ) {
		res = -EINVAL;
		break;
	}
	ax25->t2 = opt * HZ;

The 32-bit multiplication opt * HZ would overflow before being assigned
to 64-bit ax25->t2.  This patch changes "opt" to unsigned long.

Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-28 14:08:08 -05:00
Stephen Hemminger fa84309533 genetlink: add auto module loading
When testing L2TP support, I discovered that the l2tp module is not autoloaded
as are other netlink interfaces. There is because of lack of hook in genetlink to call
request_module and load the module.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-28 13:48:55 -05:00
David Miller 7ffbcecbee ipv6: Remove optimistic DAD flag test in ipv6_add_addr()
The route we have here is for the address being added to the interface,
ie. for input packet processing.

Therefore using that route to determine whether an output nexthop gateway
is known and resolved doesn't make any sense.

So, simply remove this test, it never triggered anyways.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-By: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-28 13:38:49 -05:00
Wei Yongjun aef950b4ba packet: fix possible dev refcnt leak when bind fail
If bind is fail when bind is called after set PACKET_FANOUT
sock option, the dev refcnt will leak.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-27 22:32:41 -05:00
Jan Engelhardt 54b07dca68 netfilter: provide config option to disable ancient procfs parts
Using /proc/net/nf_conntrack has been deprecated in favour of the
conntrack(8) tool.

Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-27 20:45:28 +01:00
Jan Engelhardt 42c344a3bc netfilter: xtables: collapse conditions in xt_ecn
One simplification of an if clause.

Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-27 20:45:25 +01:00
Patrick McHardy af0d29cd2a netfilter: xtables: add an IPv6 capable version of the ECN match
References: http://www.spinics.net/lists/netfilter-devel/msg18875.html

Augment xt_ecn by facilities to match on IPv6 packets' DSCP/TOS field
similar to how it is already done for the IPv4 packet field.

Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-27 20:31:42 +01:00
Jan Engelhardt a4c6f9d363 netfilter: xtables: give xt_ecn its own name
Use the new macro and struct names in xt_ecn.h, and put the old
definitions into a definition-forwarding ipt_ecn.h.

Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-27 20:31:38 +01:00
Jan Engelhardt d446a8202c netfilter: xtables: move ipt_ecn to xt_ecn
Prepare the ECN match for augmentation by an IPv6 counterpart. Since
no symbol dependencies to ipv6.ko are added, having a single ecn match
module is the more so welcome.

Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-27 20:31:31 +01:00
Gustavo F. Padovan 4ae1652ef1 Bluetooth: Fix a compile warning in RFCOMM
sock and sk were leftover from another change.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-27 14:43:41 -02:00
Allan Stephens f905730c7e tipc: Allow use of buf_seqno() helper routine by unicast links
Migrates the buf_seqno() helper routine from broadcast link level to
unicast link level so that it can be used both types of TIPC links.
This is a cosmetic change only, and does not affect the operation of TIPC.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:54 -05:00
Allan Stephens 3655959143 tipc: Ignore broadcast acknowledgements that are out-of-range
Adds checks to TIPC's broadcast link so that it ignores any
acknowledgement message containing a sequence number that does not
correspond to an unacknowledged message currently in the broadcast
link's transmit queue.

This change prevents the broadcast link from becoming stalled if a
newly booted node receives stale broadcast link acknowledgement
information from another node that has not yet fully synchronized
its end of the broadcast link to reflect the current state of the
new node's end.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:53 -05:00
Allan Stephens 10745cd599 tipc: Flush unsent broadcast messages when contact with last node is lost
Adds code to release any unsent broadcast messages in the broadcast link
transmit queue if TIPC loses contact with its only neighboring node.
Previously, a broadcast link that was in the congested state would hold
on to the unsent messages, even though the messages were now undeliverable.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:52 -05:00
Allan Stephens 9157bafb44 tipc: Minor optimization of broadcast link transmit queue statistic
The two broadcast link statistics fields that are used to derive the
average length of that link's transmit queue are now updated only after
a successful attempt to send a broadcast message, since there is no need
to update these values when an unsuccessful send attempt leaves the
queue unchanged.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:51 -05:00
Allan Stephens 2b78f9a002 tipc: Handle broadcast attempt when no neighboring nodes exist
Adds a check to detect when an attempt is made to send a message
via the broadcast link and no neighboring nodes are currently available
to receive it. Rather than wasting effort passing the message to the
broadcast link and broadcast bearer, who will only throw it away,
TIPC now frees the message immediately and reports success (i.e. the
message has been delivered to all available destinations).

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:50 -05:00
Allan Stephens cd3decdfd1 tipc: Ensure broadcast link spinlock is held when updating node map
Fixes oversight that allowed broadcast link node map to be updated without
first taking the broadcast link spinlock that protects the map. As part
of this fix the node map has been incorporated into the broadcast link
structure to make the need for such protection more evident.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:48 -05:00
Allan Stephens c47e9b9188 tipc: Eliminate dynamic allocation of broadcast link data structures
Creates global variables to hold the broadcast link's pseudo-bearer and
pseudo-link structures, rather than allocating them dynamically. There
is only a single instance of each structure, and changing over to static
allocation allows elimination of code to handle the cases where dynamic
allocation was unsuccessful.

The memset in the teardown code may look like they aren't used, but
the same teardown code is run when there is a non-fatal error at
init-time, so that stale data isn't present when the user fixes the
cause of the soft error.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:47 -05:00
Allan Stephens 945af1c39d tipc: Eliminate useless check when network address is assigned
Gets rid of an unnecessary check in the routine that updates the port id
of a node's name publications when the node is assigned a network address,
since the routine is only invoked if the new address is different from
the existing one.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:46 -05:00
Allan Stephens 97f1b625d1 tipc: Minor correction to TIPC module unloading
Modifies TIPC's module unloading logic to switch itself into "single
node" mode before starting to terminate networking support. This helps
to ensure that no operations that require TIPC to be in "networking"
mode can initiate once unloading starts.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:45 -05:00
Allan Stephens d47ce2ece3 tipc: Eliminate useless memset operations in Ethernet media support
Gets rid of two pointless operations that zero out the array used to
record information about TIPC's Ethernet bearers. There is no need to
initialize the array on start up since it is a global variable that is
already zero'd out, and there is no need to zero it out on exit because
the array is never referenced again.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:44 -05:00
Allan Stephens 64b32f7e38 tipc: Do timely cleanup of disabled Ethernet bearer resources
Modifies Ethernet bearer disable logic to break the association between
the bearer and its device driver at the time the bearer is disabled,
rather than when the TIPC module is unloaded. This allows the array
entry used by the disabled bearer to be re-used if the same bearer (or
a different one) is subsequently enabled.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:42 -05:00
Allan Stephens 8c12118db7 tipc: Minor optimization to deactivation of Ethernet media suppot
Change TIPC's shutdown code to deactivate generic networking support
before terminating Ethernet media support. The deactivation of generic
networking support causes all existing bearers to be destroyed, meaning
the Ethernet media termination routine no longer has to bother marking
them as unavailable.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:41 -05:00
Allan Stephens bfec73d7e4 tipc: Revise comment justifying release of configuration spinlock
Comment-only change to better explain why TIPC's configuration lock is
temporarily released while activating support for network interfaces,
and why the existing activation code doesn't require rework.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:40 -05:00
Allan Stephens 5c216e1d28 tipc: Allow run-time alteration of default link settings
Permits run-time alteration of default link settings on a per-media
and per-bearer basis, in addition to the existing per-link basis.
The following syntax can now be used:

    tipc-config -lt=<link-name|bearer-name|media-name>/<tolerance>
    tipc-config -lp=<link-name|bearer-name|media-name>/<priority>
    tipc-config -lw=<link-name|bearer-name|media-name>/<window>

Note that changes to the default settings for a given media type has
no effect on the default settings used by existing bearers. Similarly,
changes to default bearer settings has no effect on existing link
endpoints that utilize that interface.

Thanks to Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de> for his contributions to
the development of this enhancement.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:39 -05:00
Allan Stephens d6d4577ae4 tipc: Ignore neighbor discovery messages containing invalid address
Adds a check to ensure that TIPC ignores an incoming neighbor discovery
message that specifies an invalid media address as its source. The check
ensures that the source address is a valid, non-broadcast address that
could legally be used by a neighboring link endpoint.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:38 -05:00
Allan Stephens 3d749a6a26 tipc: Hide media-specific addressing details from generic bearer code
Reworks TIPC's media address data structure and associated processing
routines to transfer all media-specific details of address conversion
to the associated TIPC media adaptation code. TIPC's generic bearer code
now only needs to know which media type an address is associated with
and whether or not it is a broadcast address, and totally ignores the
"value" field that contains the actual media-specific addressing info.

These changes eliminate the need for a number of endianness conversion
operations and will make it easier for TIPC to support new media types
in the future.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:36 -05:00
Allan Stephens 4d163a326f tipc: Add new address conversion routines for Ethernet media
Enhances TIPC's Ethernet media support to provide 3 new address conversion
routines, which allow TIPC to interpret an address that is in string form
and to convert an address to and from the 20 byte format used in TIPC's
neighbor discovery messages.

These routines are pre-requisites to a follow on commit that hides all
media-specific addressing details from TIPC's generic bearer code.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:33:27 -05:00
Allan Stephens c61b666e26 tipc: Improve handling of media address printing errors
Enhances conversion of a media address to printable form so that an
unconvertable address will be displayed as a string of hex digits,
rather than not being displayed at all. (Also removes a pointless check
for the existence of the media-specific address conversion routine,
since the routine is not optional.)

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:13:06 -05:00
Allan Stephens 6c34921010 tipc: Streamline media registration error checking
Simplifies error handling performed during media registration, since
TIPC no longer supports the dynamic addition of new media types that
are potentially error-prone. These simplifications include the following:

1) No longer check for premature registration of a new media type.
2) No longer check for negative link priority values (which was pointless
   since such values are unsigned, and could cause a compiler warning).
3) No longer generate a warning describing the exact cause of any
   registration failure (just warns that overall registration failed).

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:13:06 -05:00
Allan Stephens a31abe8dae tipc: Eliminate duplication of media structures
Changes TIPC's list of registered media types from an array of media
structures to an array of pointers to media structures. This eliminates
the need to copy of the contents of the structure passed in during media
registration.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:13:06 -05:00
Allan Stephens c79be4549a tipc: Optimize detection of duplicate media registration
Streamlines the detection of an attempt to register a TIPC media structure
using an already registered name or type identifier. The revised logic now
reuses an existing routine to detect an existing name and no longer
unnecessarily manipulates the media type counter during an unsuccessful
registration attempt.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:13:06 -05:00
Allan Stephens 706767da1b tipc: Register new media using pre-compiled structure
Speeds up the registration of TIPC media types by passing in a structure
containing the required information, rather than by passing in the various
fields describing the media type individually.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:13:05 -05:00
Allan Stephens 2060a57744 tipc: Enable use by containers having their own network namespace
Permits a Linux container to use TIPC sockets even when it has its own
network namespace defined by removing the check that prohibits such use.
This makes it possible for users who wish to isolate their container
network traffic from normal network traffic to utilize TIPC.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-12-27 11:13:05 -05:00
David S. Miller c159d30c59 ipv6: Kill useless route tracing bits in net/ipv6/route.c
RDBG() wasn't even used, and the messages printed by RT6_DEBUG() were
far from useful.  Just get rid of all this stuff, we can replace it
with something more suitable if we want.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-26 15:24:36 -05:00
David S. Miller e09e9d189b unix: If we happen to find peer NULL when diag dumping, write zero.
Otherwise we leave uninitialized kernel memory in there.

Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-26 14:41:55 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov 3b0723c12e unix_diag: Fix incoming connections nla length
The NLA_PUT macro should accept the actual attribute length, not
the amount of elements in array :(

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-26 14:08:47 -05:00
Rafael J. Wysocki b7ba68c4a0 Merge branch 'pm-sleep' into pm-for-linus
* pm-sleep: (51 commits)
  PM: Drop generic_subsys_pm_ops
  PM / Sleep: Remove forward-only callbacks from AMBA bus type
  PM / Sleep: Remove forward-only callbacks from platform bus type
  PM: Run the driver callback directly if the subsystem one is not there
  PM / Sleep: Make pm_op() and pm_noirq_op() return callback pointers
  PM / Sleep: Merge internal functions in generic_ops.c
  PM / Sleep: Simplify generic system suspend callbacks
  PM / Hibernate: Remove deprecated hibernation snapshot ioctls
  PM / Sleep: Fix freezer failures due to racy usermodehelper_is_disabled()
  PM / Sleep: Recommend [un]lock_system_sleep() over using pm_mutex directly
  PM / Sleep: Replace mutex_[un]lock(&pm_mutex) with [un]lock_system_sleep()
  PM / Sleep: Make [un]lock_system_sleep() generic
  PM / Sleep: Use the freezer_count() functions in [un]lock_system_sleep() APIs
  PM / Freezer: Remove the "userspace only" constraint from freezer[_do_not]_count()
  PM / Hibernate: Replace unintuitive 'if' condition in kernel/power/user.c with 'else'
  Freezer / sunrpc / NFS: don't allow TASK_KILLABLE sleeps to block the freezer
  PM / Sleep: Unify diagnostic messages from device suspend/resume
  ACPI / PM: Do not save/restore NVS on Asus K54C/K54HR
  PM / Hibernate: Remove deprecated hibernation test modes
  PM / Hibernate: Thaw processes in SNAPSHOT_CREATE_IMAGE ioctl test path
  ...

Conflicts:
	kernel/kmod.c
2011-12-25 23:42:20 +01:00
David S. Miller c5e1fd8cca Merge branch 'nf-next' of git://1984.lsi.us.es/net-next 2011-12-25 02:21:45 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso ceb98d03ea netfilter: xtables: add nfacct match to support extended accounting
This patch adds the match that allows to perform extended
accounting. It requires the new nfnetlink_acct infrastructure.

 # iptables -I INPUT -p tcp --sport 80 -m nfacct --nfacct-name http-traffic
 # iptables -I OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -m nfacct --nfacct-name http-traffic

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-25 02:43:17 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 9413902796 netfilter: add extended accounting infrastructure over nfnetlink
We currently have two ways to account traffic in netfilter:

- iptables chain and rule counters:

 # iptables -L -n -v
Chain INPUT (policy DROP 3 packets, 867 bytes)
 pkts bytes target     prot opt in     out     source               destination
    8  1104 ACCEPT     all  --  lo     *       0.0.0.0/0            0.0.0.0/0

- use flow-based accounting provided by ctnetlink:

 # conntrack -L
tcp      6 431999 ESTABLISHED src=192.168.1.130 dst=212.106.219.168 sport=58152 dport=80 packets=47 bytes=7654 src=212.106.219.168 dst=192.168.1.130 sport=80 dport=58152 packets=49 bytes=66340 [ASSURED] mark=0 use=1

While trying to display real-time accounting statistics, we require
to pool the kernel periodically to obtain this information. This is
OK if the number of flows is relatively low. However, in case that
the number of flows is huge, we can spend a considerable amount of
cycles to iterate over the list of flows that have been obtained.

Moreover, if we want to obtain the sum of the flow accounting results
that match some criteria, we have to iterate over the whole list of
existing flows, look for matchings and update the counters.

This patch adds the extended accounting infrastructure for
nfnetlink which aims to allow displaying real-time traffic accounting
without the need of complicated and resource-consuming implementation
in user-space. Basically, this new infrastructure allows you to create
accounting objects. One accounting object is composed of packet and
byte counters.

In order to manipulate create accounting objects, you require the
new libnetfilter_acct library. It contains several examples of use:

libnetfilter_acct/examples# ./nfacct-add http-traffic
libnetfilter_acct/examples# ./nfacct-get
http-traffic = { pkts = 000000000000,   bytes = 000000000000 };

Then, you can use one of this accounting objects in several iptables
rules using the new nfacct match (which comes in a follow-up patch):

 # iptables -I INPUT -p tcp --sport 80 -m nfacct --nfacct-name http-traffic
 # iptables -I OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -m nfacct --nfacct-name http-traffic

The idea is simple: if one packet matches the rule, the nfacct match
updates the counters.

Thanks to Patrick McHardy, Eric Dumazet, Changli Gao for reviewing and
providing feedback for this contribution.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-25 02:43:03 +01:00
Eric Dumazet 60b778ce51 rfs: better sizing of dev_flow_table
Aim of this patch is to provide full range of rps_flow_cnt on 64bit arches.

Theorical limit on number of flows is 2^32

Fix some buggy RPS/RFS macros as well.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
CC: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
CC: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-24 16:13:27 -05:00
David S. Miller c43c5f3958 Merge branch 'nf' of git://1984.lsi.us.es/net 2011-12-24 16:10:26 -05:00
Eric Dumazet bb52c7acf8 netem: dont call vfree() under spinlock and BH disabled
commit 6373a9a286 (netem: use vmalloc for distribution table) added a
regression, since vfree() is called while holding a spinlock and BH
being disabled.

Fix this by doing the pointers swap in critical section, and freeing
after spinlock release.

Also add __GFP_NOWARN to the kmalloc() try, since we fallback to
vmalloc().

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-24 16:08:50 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 1a31a4a838 netfilter: ctnetlink: fix scheduling while atomic if helper is autoloaded
This patch fixes one scheduling while atomic error:

[  385.565186] ctnetlink v0.93: registering with nfnetlink.
[  385.565349] BUG: scheduling while atomic: lt-expect_creat/16163/0x00000200

It can be triggered with utils/expect_create included in
libnetfilter_conntrack if the FTP helper is not loaded.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-24 19:49:04 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 81378f728f netfilter: ctnetlink: fix return value of ctnetlink_get_expect()
This fixes one bogus error that is returned to user-space:

libnetfilter_conntrack/utils# ./expect_get
TEST: get expectation (-1)(Unknown error 18446744073709551504)

This patch includes the correct handling for EAGAIN (nfnetlink
uses this error value to restart the operation after module
auto-loading).

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-24 19:49:04 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 80e60e67bc netfilter: ctnetlink: get and zero operations must be atomic
The get and zero operations have to be done in an atomic context,
otherwise counters added between them will be lost.

This problem was spotted by Changli Gao while discussing the
nfacct infrastructure.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-24 14:35:59 +01:00
David S. Miller 035c4c16be netlink: Undo const marker in netlink_is_kernel().
We can't do this without propagating the const to nlk_sk()
too, otherwise:

net/netlink/af_netlink.c: In function ‘netlink_is_kernel’:
net/netlink/af_netlink.c:103:2: warning: passing argument 1 of ‘nlk_sk’ discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type [enabled by default]
net/netlink/af_netlink.c:96:36: note: expected ‘struct sock *’ but argument is of type ‘const struct sock *’

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-23 17:33:03 -05:00
David S. Miller abb434cb05 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	net/bluetooth/l2cap_core.c

Just two overlapping changes, one added an initialization of
a local variable, and another change added a new local variable.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-23 17:13:56 -05:00
stephen hemminger 2494654d48 netem: loss model API sizes
The new netem loss model is configured with nested netlink messages.
This code is being overly strict about sizes, and is easily confused
by padding (or possible future expansion). Also message
for gemodel is incorrect.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-23 16:51:18 -05:00
Eric Dumazet f5a59b7332 sch_hfsc: report backlog information
Add backlog (byte count) information in hfsc classes and qdisc, so that
"tc -s" can report it to user, instead of 0 values :

qdisc hfsc 1: root refcnt 6 default 20
 Sent 45141660 bytes 30545 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 91751 requeues 0)
 rate 1492Kbit 126pps backlog 103226b 74p requeues 0
...
class hfsc 1:20 parent 1:1 leaf 1201: rt m1 0bit d 0us m2 400000bit ls m1 0bit d 0us m2 200000bit
 Sent 49534912 bytes 33519 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 81822b 56p requeues 0
 period 23 work 49451576 bytes rtwork 13277552 bytes level 0
...

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: John A. Sullivan III <jsullivan@opensourcedevel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-23 16:51:18 -05:00
Gustavo F. Padovan cad44c2bf6 Revert "Bluetooth: Increase HCI reset timeout in hci_dev_do_close"
This reverts commit e1b6eb3ccb.

This was causing a delay of 10 seconds in the resume process of a Thinkpad
laptop. I'm afraid this could affect more devices once 3.2 is released.

Reported-by: Tomáš Janoušek <tomi@nomi.cz>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-23 19:00:02 -02:00
David S. Miller 6350323ad8 Merge branch 'nf' of git://1984.lsi.us.es/net 2011-12-23 14:29:20 -05:00
Hemant Gupta 3573b80c42 Bluetooth: Incorrect address while storing LTK.
This patch fixes incorrect address storage while storing
Long Term Key for LE Devices using SMP (Security Manager Protocol).
The address stored should be of remote device and not of source device.

Signed-off-by: Hemant Gupta <hemant.gupta@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-23 16:55:06 -02:00
Florian Westphal 0354b48f63 netfilter: xt_connbytes: handle negation correctly
"! --connbytes 23:42" should match if the packet/byte count is not in range.

As there is no explict "invert match" toggle in the match structure,
userspace swaps the from and to arguments
(i.e., as if "--connbytes 42:23" were given).

However, "what <= 23 && what >= 42" will always be false.

Change things so we use "||" in case "from" is larger than "to".

This change may look like it breaks backwards compatibility when "to" is 0.
However, older iptables binaries will refuse "connbytes 42:0",
and current releases treat it to mean "! --connbytes 0:42",
so we should be fine.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:50:19 +01:00
Patrick McHardy b9e61f0dff netfilter: ctnetlink: remove dead NAT code
The NAT range to nlattr conversation callbacks and helpers are entirely
dead code and are also useless since there are no NAT ranges in conntrack
context, they are only used for initially selecting a tuple. The final NAT
information is contained in the selected tuples of the conntrack entry.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:46 +01:00
Patrick McHardy 0af051baa8 netfilter: nf_nat: remove obsolete check in nf_nat_mangle_udp_packet()
The packet size check originates from a time when UDP helpers could
accidentally mangle incorrect packets (NEWNAT) and is unnecessary
nowadays since the conntrack helpers invoke the NAT helpers for the
proper packet directly.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:46 +01:00
Patrick McHardy 40cfb706cd netfilter: nf_nat: remove obsolete code from nf_nat_icmp_reply_translation()
The inner tuple that is extracted from the packet is unused. The code also
doesn't have any useful side-effects like verifying the packet does contain
enough data to extract the inner tuple since conntrack already does the
same, so remove it.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:45 +01:00
Patrick McHardy d70308f78b netfilter: nat: remove module reference counting from NAT protocols
The only remaining user of NAT protocol module reference counting is NAT
ctnetlink support. Since this is a fairly short sequence of code, convert
over to use RCU and remove module reference counting.

Module unregistration is already protected by RCU using synchronize_rcu(),
so no further changes are necessary.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:45 +01:00
Patrick McHardy 329fb58a93 netfilter: nf_nat: add missing nla_policy entry for CTA_NAT_PROTO attribute
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:44 +01:00
Patrick McHardy 4d4e61c6ca netfilter: nf_nat: use hash random for bysource hash
Use nf_conntrack_hash_rnd in NAT bysource hash to avoid hash chain attacks.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:44 +01:00
Patrick McHardy cbc9f2f4fc netfilter: nf_nat: export NAT definitions to userspace
Export the NAT definitions to userspace. So far userspace (specifically,
iptables) has been copying the headers files from include/net. Also
rename some structures and definitions in preparation for IPv6 NAT.
Since these have never been officially exported, this doesn't affect
existing userspace code.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:43 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 3d058d7bc2 netfilter: rework user-space expectation helper support
This partially reworks bc01befdcf
which added userspace expectation support.

This patch removes the nf_ct_userspace_expect_list since now we
force to use the new iptables CT target feature to add the helper
extension for conntracks that have attached expectations from
userspace.

A new version of the proof-of-concept code to implement userspace
helpers from userspace is available at:

http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/userspace-conntrack-helpers/nf-ftp-helper-POC.tar.bz2

This patch also modifies the CT target to allow to set the
conntrack's userspace helper status flags. This flag is used
to tell the conntrack system to explicitly allocate the helper
extension.

This helper extension is useful to link the userspace expectations
with the master conntrack that is being tracked from one userspace
helper.

This feature fixes a problem in the current approach of the
userspace helper support. Basically, if the master conntrack that
has got a userspace expectation vanishes, the expectations point to
one invalid memory address. Thus, triggering an oops in the
expectation deletion event path.

I decided not to add a new revision of the CT target because
I only needed to add a new flag for it. I'll document in this
issue in the iptables manpage. I have also changed the return
value from EINVAL to EOPNOTSUPP if one flag not supported is
specified. Thus, in the future adding new features that only
require a new flag can be added without a new revision.

There is no official code using this in userspace (apart from
the proof-of-concept) that uses this infrastructure but there
will be some by beginning 2012.

Reported-by: Sam Roberts <vieuxtech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:39 +01:00
Eric Dumazet 0fd7bac6b6 net: relax rcvbuf limits
skb->truesize might be big even for a small packet.

Its even bigger after commit 87fb4b7b53 (net: more accurate skb
truesize) and big MTU.

We should allow queueing at least one packet per receiver, even with a
low RCVBUF setting.

Reported-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-23 02:15:14 -05:00
stephen hemminger 2c64580046 netlink: wake up netlink listeners sooner (v2)
This patch changes it to yield sooner at halfway instead. Still not a cure-all
for listener overrun if listner is slow, but works much reliably.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-22 22:37:19 -05:00